SQ Irr El Cage Motors
SQ Irr El Cage Motors
SQ Irr El Cage Motors
MOTORS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
INDUCTION
MOTORS
INDUCTION
MOTORS
FRAME 63 TO 355
LOW TENSION TEFC & SPDP INDUCTION MOTORS
E
n
e
r
g
y
E
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t
M
o
t
o
r
s
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
Regd Office : CG House, 6th Floor, Dr. Annie Besant Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai - 400 025
Tel.: (022) 423 7777. Fax : (022) 438 2288
Manufacturing Units:
Goa Works :
D-2/21/22/23, Tivim Industrial Estate, Karaswada, Bardez, Goa - 403 526.
Tel.: (0832) 257409, 257639 Fax: (0832) 257207
Ahmednagar Works:
B-110, M.I.D.C. Behind Govt. Milk Dairy, Ahmednagar - 414111
Tel.: (0241) 778521, 778522. Fax : (0241) 777491
A-6/2, M.I.D.C. Industrial Area, Ahmednagar - 414111
Tel.: (0241) 777507, 777372. Fax : (0241) 777508
INDUCTION
MOTORS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
FRAME 63 TO 355
LOW TENSION TEFC & SPDP
INDUCTION MOTORS
L
T
M
/
A
U
G
0
2
/
1
0
0
0
Please visit us at www.cglonline.com
CMYK
Dear Customer,
In pursuance of the culture of
continuous improvement towards
customer satisfaction, we have now
incorporated the latest designs for
our range of LT AC motors ensuring
better electrical performance as well
as versatility in mechanical features.
The standard motors offered are in
compliance with efficiency level 2 of
the proposed revision to IS12615 in
India as well as CEMEP standards
prevalent in Europe for Energy
Efficient Motors. These features have
given the necessary impetus to the
long cherished ambition of being a
global player in the motor industry
by being comparable to the best in the
world in terms of performance. We
take great pleasure in issuing this
b o o k l e t wi t h t h e de t a i l e d
information.
LT Motors division designs &
manufactures a multiformity of
Electric Motors (DC & AC) and
Alternators with manufacturing
units at Ahmednagar & Goa. This
division, which is part of the CG
Industrial Systems SBU, has a
dedicated team of professionals and
state-of-the-art technology providing
reliable and trouble free products
and services on the basis of superior
mechanical & product design.
The company's operations include
R&D, manufacturing, marketing and
turnkey projects in clearly defined
Core Business Areas, at home and
overseas. Over the last six decades,
unparalleled growth has seen CG
emerge as a professionally managed
organisation with a workforce of over
6500 employees including more than
2500 pr of essi onal s. Wi t h 23
manufacturing units and Centralized
Support Services, CG offers a
comprehensive and multi-faceted
product range nationally through
strategically located branches and a
well-appointed distributor/dealer
network. Structured into Strategic
Bus i ne s s Uni t s c ompr i s i ng
synergistic groups of responsibility
centers (divisions), CG is well on the
road to exceeding the exacting
standards of Quality and Customer
Service.
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
NOTE : As the design and manufacture of Crompton Greaves electrical equipment are subject to constant improvement,,
the product supplied may differ in some details from the specifications and illustrations given in this booklet.
Mumbai :
Kanjur Marg (E), Mumbai-400 042.
Tel.: (022) 5782451, 5794882
Ahmedabad :
90, Sakar II, Opp. Town Hall, Ellis Bridge,
Ahmedabad - 380 006
Phones: (079) 6581729, 6587328
Pune:
Surya Bhavan, 5th Floor, Fergusson College Road,
Pune-411 005
Phones: (020) 5535675.
Indore :
1038, Apollo Trade Centre, 2B, Rajgarh Kothi
Mumbai-Agra Road,Indore - 452 001.
Phones : (0731) 498269
Nagpur:
3, West High Court Road, Lal Bahadur Shastri Chowk,
Dharampeth, Nagpur - 440 010
Phones: (0172) 530537
Western Region Sales Office :
Chennai :
No.3-A, Kodambakkarn High Road,
Nungambakkam,
Chennai - 600 034.
Phones:(044)8257375
Bangalore :
4/02, Lakshmi Mansion, Ground Floor, 22nd Cross,
8th Main,
Jayanagar 3rd Block, Bangalore - 560 011.
Phones: (080) 6533926
Cochin :
Cherupushpam Building, 5th Floor, 330-6
Shanmugham Road, Ernakulum,Cochin - 682 031.
Phones: (0484) 370860
Secunderabad:
4th Floor, Minerva Complex, 94, Sarojini Devi Road,
Secunderabad - 500 003.
Phones:(040)7847090
Southern Region Sales Office :
New Delhi:
Vandana, 11 Tolstoy, Marg, New Delhi - 110 001
Phones:(011)3721537, 3312377
Jalandhar :
50, Mahavir Marg, Jalandhar - 144 001
Phones: (0181) 223801
Lucknow:
Saran Chambers II, 3rd Floor, 5 Park Road,
Lucknow - 226 001
Phones:(0522) 239443
Jaipur:
Church Road, P. O. Box. No.: 173, Jaipur-302 001
Phones:(0141) 376919, 376307
Calcutta :
50, Chowringhee Road, Calcutta - 700 071
Phones: (033) 2829681, 2822132
Bhubaneshwar:
Janpath Tower, Third Floor, Ashok Nagar,
Unit II, Bhubaneshwar - 751 009
Phones:(0674)531128
Northen Region Sales Office : Eastern Region Sales Office :
Regional Service Centres:
North: 27, Rani Jhansi Road, New Delhi-110 055 Phones: (011) 7516993
East: 171/1A, 'Acharya', J. C. Bose Road, Kolkata-700 014 Phones: (033) 2441557
West: Mathuradas Mills Compound, Next to Milton, Lower Parel (W), Mumbai-400 013 Phones: (022) 4922572.
South: 3A, Kodambakkam High Road, Nunbakkam, Chennai-600 034 Phones : (044) 8274610
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GENERAL
Standards and Specifications (Indian & International) ..................... 1
Manufacturing Summary ..................... 2
Frame wise output summary ..................... 3
Specifications of Standard products at a glance ..................... 4
Special designs offered ..................... 5
Mounting arrangements ..................... 6
Degree of protection ..................... 7
Noise level ..................... 8
Vibration, vibration level severity ..................... 9
MECHANICAL FEATURES
General constructions ..................... 10
Enclosure ..................... 10
Core ..................... 10
Winding ..................... 10
Insulation ..................... 10
Rotor ..................... 10
Slip ring & brush gear ..................... 10
Shaft ..................... 11
Recommended pulley diameter and face width ..................... 11
Permissible axial and radial thrusts on shaft ..................... 12
Threaded centre holes for motor shaft ..................... 13
Bearing reference and lubrication intervals ..................... 14-15
Terminal box ..................... 16
Terminal box details for standard motors ..................... 16
Cable glands ..................... 17
Finish ..................... 17
ELECTRICAL FEATURES
Direction of rotation ..................... 17
Starting methods and torque ..................... 17
Permissible No. of starts per hour ..................... 18
Insulation class ..................... 18
Earthing ..................... 18
Classes of duty ..................... 19
Designation/application of duty type ..................... 20-21
Diagrams of duty cycles ..................... 22-24
Effect of voltage/frequency variation on motor characteristics ..................... 25
Overload ..................... 25
Rated speed/slip ..................... 25
Locked rotor current ..................... 26
Speed torque characteristics ..................... 26-27
Locked Rotor withstand time calculation ..................... 28
INDEX
INDEX INDEX
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
General tolerance on electrical performance ..................... 29
Accessories ..................... 30
Thermisters / Space Heaters ..................... 31
Back up fuse selection chart ..................... 31
Power factor improvement chart ..................... 32
Deration factor chart ..................... 33
Thermal withstand time for standard TEFC motors ..................... 34
APPLICATIONS
Air stream rated motors ..................... 35
Non-Ventilated motors ..................... 35
Multi Speed motors ..................... 35
Dual Speed motors ..................... 35
Dual Voltage motors ..................... 36-37
MOTORS FOR VARIOUS APPLICATIONS ..................... 38
TESTING OF MOTORS
Type Tests ..................... 39
Routine Tests/ Other Tests ..................... 39
ORDERING INFORMATION ..................... 40
GUIDE AND CHECK POINTS FOR MOTOR SELECTION
Mechanical Aspects ..................... 41
Electrical Aspects ..................... 42
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING OF MOTORS
TEFC SCR MOTORS
AD 63-132 TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 43 A
AD 63-132 TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 44 A
AD 63-132 TEFC Face Mounted ..................... 45 A
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 43
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 44
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Face Mounted ..................... 45
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 46
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 47
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Foot cum Flange Mounted ..................... 48
SPDP SCR MOTORS
C 160M/ C 200L SPDP Foot Mounted ..................... 49
C 255M/ C 315MX SPDP Foot Mounted ..................... 50
C 160M/ C 200L SPDP Flange Mounted ..................... 51
C 225M/ C 315MX SPDP Flange Mounted ..................... 52
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
TEFC SR MOTORS
DW 132/M TEFC SR Foot Mounted ..................... 53
DW 132/M TEFC SR Flange Mounted ..................... 54
NDW 160M/ NDW 355LX TEFC SR Foot Mounted ..................... 55
SPDP SR MOTORS
CW 160M/ CW 200L SPDP SR Foot Mounted ..................... 56
CW 225M/ CW 315MX SPDP SR Foot Mounted ..................... 57
CONNECTION DIGRAMS
Connection Diagram for TEFC motors ..................... 58
Connection Diagram for TEFC Two Speed motors ..................... 59
Connection Diagram for TEFC Dual Voltage motors ..................... 60
Connection Diagram for TEFC Multispeed motors ..................... 61
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT
FRAME AD 63/ 71 (3 Lead) ..................... 62
FRAME AD 63/ 71 (6 Lead) ..................... 63
FRAME AD 80 ..................... 64
FRAME ND90S / ND 132M (3 Leads) ..................... 65
FRAME ND 90S/ND 132M (6 Leads) ..................... 66
FRAME DW 132S /M ..................... 67
FRAME C/ND 160-180, ND200 ..................... 68
FRAME C/D 200250 AND ND225/280 ..................... 69
FRAME C/D/ND 280-315 ..................... 70
FRAME ND 355L/LX ..................... 71
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance Data of TEFC SCR motors (45/75) ..................... 72-74
Performance Data of TEFC SCR motors (50/70) ..................... 75
Performance Data of DP SCR motors ..................... 76-77
Performance Data of TEFC SR motors ..................... 78
Performance Data of DP SR motors ..................... 79
TEFC SCR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 80A
TEFC SCR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 80
TEFC SR Foot Mounted motors- TB on Top ..................... 81
TEFC SR Foot Mounted motors TB on side ..................... 81
TEFC SR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 81
DP SCR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 82
DP SCR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 82
DP SR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 82
INDEX INDEX
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
General tolerance on electrical performance ..................... 29
Accessories ..................... 30
Thermisters / Space Heaters ..................... 31
Back up fuse selection chart ..................... 31
Power factor improvement chart ..................... 32
Deration factor chart ..................... 33
Thermal withstand time for standard TEFC motors ..................... 34
APPLICATIONS
Air stream rated motors ..................... 35
Non-Ventilated motors ..................... 35
Multi Speed motors ..................... 35
Dual Speed motors ..................... 35
Dual Voltage motors ..................... 36-37
MOTORS FOR VARIOUS APPLICATIONS ..................... 38
TESTING OF MOTORS
Type Tests ..................... 39
Routine Tests/ Other Tests ..................... 39
ORDERING INFORMATION ..................... 40
GUIDE AND CHECK POINTS FOR MOTOR SELECTION
Mechanical Aspects ..................... 41
Electrical Aspects ..................... 42
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING OF MOTORS
TEFC SCR MOTORS
AD 63-132 TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 43 A
AD 63-132 TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 44 A
AD 63-132 TEFC Face Mounted ..................... 45 A
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 43
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 44
ND 90 S/ND132M TEFC Face Mounted ..................... 45
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Foot Mounted ..................... 46
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Flange Mounted ..................... 47
ND 160/ND355LX TEFC Foot cum Flange Mounted ..................... 48
SPDP SCR MOTORS
C 160M/ C 200L SPDP Foot Mounted ..................... 49
C 255M/ C 315MX SPDP Foot Mounted ..................... 50
C 160M/ C 200L SPDP Flange Mounted ..................... 51
C 225M/ C 315MX SPDP Flange Mounted ..................... 52
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
TEFC SR MOTORS
DW 132/M TEFC SR Foot Mounted ..................... 53
DW 132/M TEFC SR Flange Mounted ..................... 54
NDW 160M/ NDW 355LX TEFC SR Foot Mounted ..................... 55
SPDP SR MOTORS
CW 160M/ CW 200L SPDP SR Foot Mounted ..................... 56
CW 225M/ CW 315MX SPDP SR Foot Mounted ..................... 57
CONNECTION DIGRAMS
Connection Diagram for TEFC motors ..................... 58
Connection Diagram for TEFC Two Speed motors ..................... 59
Connection Diagram for TEFC Dual Voltage motors ..................... 60
Connection Diagram for TEFC Multispeed motors ..................... 61
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT
FRAME AD 63/ 71 (3 Lead) ..................... 62
FRAME AD 63/ 71 (6 Lead) ..................... 63
FRAME AD 80 ..................... 64
FRAME ND90S / ND 132M (3 Leads) ..................... 65
FRAME ND 90S/ND 132M (6 Leads) ..................... 66
FRAME DW 132S /M ..................... 67
FRAME C/ND 160-180, ND200 ..................... 68
FRAME C/D 200250 AND ND225/280 ..................... 69
FRAME C/D/ND 280-315 ..................... 70
FRAME ND 355L/LX ..................... 71
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance Data of TEFC SCR motors (45/75) ..................... 72-74
Performance Data of TEFC SCR motors (50/70) ..................... 75
Performance Data of DP SCR motors ..................... 76-77
Performance Data of TEFC SR motors ..................... 78
Performance Data of DP SR motors ..................... 79
TEFC SCR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 80A
TEFC SCR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 80
TEFC SR Foot Mounted motors- TB on Top ..................... 81
TEFC SR Foot Mounted motors TB on side ..................... 81
TEFC SR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 81
DP SCR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 82
DP SCR Flange Mounted motors ..................... 82
DP SR Foot Mounted motors ..................... 82
Standards & specifications of Electric
Motors
The motors comply with the relevant
standards and specifications. In particular,
they meet the requirement of the following
publications:
Indian Standards
IS 325 : Three phase Induction Motors
IS 1231 : Dimensions of Three Phase Foot
Mounted AC Induction Motors.
IS-2223 : Dimensions of Flange Mounted
AC Induction Motors.
IS 2253 : Designations for Types of
construction and Mounting
Arrangements of Rotating
Electrical Machines.
IS 4029 : Guide for Testing Three Phase
Induction Motors.
IS 4691 : Degree of protection provided
by Enclosures for Rotating
Electrical Machinery
IS 4722 : Rotating Electrical Machines
IS 4889 : Methods of Determination of
Efficiency of Rotating Electrical
Machines
IS 6362 : Designation of Methods of
Cooling for Rotating Electrical
Machines
IS 7538 : Three phase Squirrel cage
Induction Motors for Centrifugal
pumps for Agricultural
Applications
IS 8151 : Single Speed Three Phase
Induction Motors for Driving
Lifts.
IS 8789 : Values of Performance
Characteristics for Three Phase
Induction Motors.
IS 12065 : Permissible limits of noise levels
for rotating Electrical machines.
IS 12075 : Mechanical Vibration of
Rotating Electrical Machines,
Measurement, Evaluation and
limits of Vibration Severity.
GENERAL
International standards
IEC 34 1 : Recommendations for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
IEC 72 1 : Recommendations, Dimensions
& output rating of Electrical
Machines Foot Mounting.
IEC 72 2 : Recommendations for the
Dimensions and Output Rating
of Electrical Motors Flange
Mounting.
British Standards
BS 3979 : Dimensions of Electric Motors
BS 4999 : Specification for general
requirement for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
BS 5000 : Specifications for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
OUTPUT : UP TO 315 kW
TYPE OF ENCLOSURE : Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)
Totally Enclosed (TE)
Drip Proof (DP)
Flameproof (Type 'd')
Increased safety (Type 'e')
Non Sparking (Type 'N')
Pressurised Type (Type `p')
TYPE OF ROTOR : Squirrel cage (SCR)
Slipring (SR)
MOUNTING : Foot Mounting (B3,B6,B7,B8,V5,V6)
Flange Mounting (B5, V1, V3)
Face Mounting (B14, V18, V19)
MANUFACTURING
RANGE SUMMARY
TYPE FRAMES MOUNTINGS AVAILABLE
TEFC/TE 63 TO 355LX B3, B5, B6, B7, B8, B34, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V36, V18
DP 160 TO 315MX B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V15, V36,
TYPE 'd' 80TO 315L B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V15, V36
B14, B34, (ONLY FOR Frame 80 and 160 To180)
V18, V19, (ONLY. FOR Frame 80)
TYPE 'e' 90S TO 315L B3, B5, B6, B7, B8, B14, B35, B34,
V1, V3, V15, V36, V18, V19
TYPE 'N' 90S TO 315L B3, B5, B14, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V15, V36
TYPE 'p' 90LTO 315L B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V15, V36
VOLTAGE (MEAN) : 100V TO 650V (STD.415)
FREQUENCY (MEAN) : 5Hz TO 75 Hz (STD.50Hz)
DEGREE OF PROTECTION : UP TO IP56
DUTY : S1 TO S9
VIBRATION LEVEL : LOWEST 5 MICRONS
AMBIENT : -30DEG C TO +65 DEG C
INSULATION CLASS : CLASS F
FOR ANY OTHER REQUIREMENT, KINDLY REFER TO DIVISION
1 2
Standards & specifications of Electric
Motors
The motors comply with the relevant
standards and specifications. In particular,
they meet the requirement of the following
publications:
Indian Standards
IS 325 : Three phase Induction Motors
IS 1231 : Dimensions of Three Phase Foot
Mounted AC Induction Motors.
IS-2223 : Dimensions of Flange Mounted
AC Induction Motors.
IS 2253 : Designations for Types of
construction and Mounting
Arrangements of Rotating
Electrical Machines.
IS 4029 : Guide for Testing Three Phase
Induction Motors.
IS 4691 : Degree of protection provided
by Enclosures for Rotating
Electrical Machinery
IS 4722 : Rotating Electrical Machines
IS 4889 : Methods of Determination of
Efficiency of Rotating Electrical
Machines
IS 6362 : Designation of Methods of
Cooling for Rotating Electrical
Machines
IS 7538 : Three phase Squirrel cage
Induction Motors for Centrifugal
pumps for Agricultural
Applications
IS 8151 : Single Speed Three Phase
Induction Motors for Driving
Lifts.
IS 8789 : Values of Performance
Characteristics for Three Phase
Induction Motors.
IS 12065 : Permissible limits of noise levels
for rotating Electrical machines.
IS 12075 : Mechanical Vibration of
Rotating Electrical Machines,
Measurement, Evaluation and
limits of Vibration Severity.
GENERAL
International standards
IEC 34 1 : Recommendations for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
IEC 72 1 : Recommendations, Dimensions
& output rating of Electrical
Machines Foot Mounting.
IEC 72 2 : Recommendations for the
Dimensions and Output Rating
of Electrical Motors Flange
Mounting.
British Standards
BS 3979 : Dimensions of Electric Motors
BS 4999 : Specification for general
requirement for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
BS 5000 : Specifications for Rotating
Electrical Machines.
OUTPUT : UP TO 315 kW
TYPE OF ENCLOSURE : Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)
Totally Enclosed (TE)
Drip Proof (DP)
Flameproof (Type 'd')
Increased safety (Type 'e')
Non Sparking (Type 'N')
Pressurised Type (Type `p')
TYPE OF ROTOR : Squirrel cage (SCR)
Slipring (SR)
MOUNTING : Foot Mounting (B3,B6,B7,B8,V5,V6)
Flange Mounting (B5, V1, V3)
Face Mounting (B14, V18, V19)
MANUFACTURING
RANGE SUMMARY
TYPE FRAMES MOUNTINGS AVAILABLE
TEFC/TE 63 TO 355LX B3, B5, B6, B7, B8, B34, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V36, V18
DP 160 TO 315MX B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V15, V36,
TYPE 'd' 80TO 315L B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V15, V36
B14, B34, (ONLY FOR Frame 80 and 160 To180)
V18, V19, (ONLY. FOR Frame 80)
TYPE 'e' 90S TO 315L B3, B5, B6, B7, B8, B14, B35, B34,
V1, V3, V15, V36, V18, V19
TYPE 'N' 90S TO 315L B3, B5, B14, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V15, V36
TYPE 'p' 90LTO 315L B3, B5, B35, V1, V3, V5, V6, V15, V36
VOLTAGE (MEAN) : 100V TO 650V (STD.415)
FREQUENCY (MEAN) : 5Hz TO 75 Hz (STD.50Hz)
DEGREE OF PROTECTION : UP TO IP56
DUTY : S1 TO S9
VIBRATION LEVEL : LOWEST 5 MICRONS
AMBIENT : -30DEG C TO +65 DEG C
INSULATION CLASS : CLASS F
FOR ANY OTHER REQUIREMENT, KINDLY REFER TO DIVISION
1 2
Frame Type Enclosure Unit Output
2P 4P 6P 8P
AD63/ND355LX SCR TEFC kW 0.18-315 0.18-400 0.37-275 0.37-200
C160/C315MX SCR SPDP kW 9.3-250 9.3-250 7.5-185 3.7-132
NC100/NC132 SCR DV kW 2.2-30 2.2-30 1.5-18.5 3.7-15
E80/E315L SCR FLP kW 0.37-200 0.37-200 0.37-160 0.37-132
DW112/NDW355LX SR TEFC kW - 2.2-250 2.2-160 1.5-132
CW160/CW315MX SR SPDP kW - 7.5-225 5.5-160 3.7-132
EW250/EW315L SR FLP kW - 26-160 18.5-132 15-100
Table Showing Frame wise Output Of Standard Continuous rated (S1-Duty) Motors
MOTOR TYPE TEFC-SCR TEFC-SR DP-SCR DP-SR
DV-SCR
VOLTAGE VARIATION 415+/-10%
FREQUENCY VARIATION 50HZ +/-5%
COMBINED VARIATION 10% (ABSOLUTE SUM)
FRAME DIMENSIONS AS per IS 1231
CLASS OF INSULATION F
AMBIENT TEMPRATURE/ AS PER RELEVANT PERFORMANCE FIGURES
TEMP. RISE (BY RESISTANCE)
ALTITUDE MAXIMUM OF 1000 METER
RELATIVE HUMIDITY UP TO 100 % UP TO 50 %
ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION Non corrosive and non hazardous Atmosphere
RATING/DUTY Continuous/S1
DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP 55 (As per IS 4691) IP 21For Frames from 160 and above
IP 23 For Frame 100-132
MOUNTING REFERENCE As per IS 2253
MECHANICAL DIMENSION As per Relevant Dimensional Drawings
POSITION OF TERMINAL BOX RHS viewing From On Top for RHS viewing From RHS viewing
Driving End For ON TOP Driving End From Driving End
D80-ND355L and For NDW160M TO For C160 For CW160
AD63-AD100L NDW355LX TO C315MX TOCW315MX
ARRANGEMENT OF As per relevant Terminal box arrangement drawings
TERMINALS
CONNECTION Upto 1.5kW&2.2kW Stator: DELTA Upto 1.5kW&2.2kW Stator: DELTA
4-p-STAR Rotor: 4-p-STAR Rotor: STAR
2.2kW 2/6/8 &above STAR/DELTA 2.2kW 2/6/8 &above 3
NO. OF LEADS DELTA 3 DELTA LEADS/3LEADS
Upto 1.5kW &2.2kW LEADS/3LEADS Upto 1.5kW &
2/4p-3 2.2kW 2/4p-3
2.2kW 6-8P & 2.2kW 6-8P &
above -6 above -6
DIRECTION OF ROTATION Bi-directional Bi-directional Bi-directional
Except 280,315-2 pole
ACW from DE
GREASE Lithium Soap Base Grade II
Type - Online Greasing arrangement for 250 and above
Greasing Arrangement - Grease valve assembly for frame 250 and above on both sides
- Sealed for life bearings Upto 225 frame
BEARING SEAL V- Seal with cap for Frame 160 and above
Oil Seal for Frames 63 to132 M -
VIBRATION LEVEL As per Normal Class of IS12075
NOISE LEVEL As per IS12065
OVERLOAD CAPACITY Capable of withstanding 60% Overload for 15 sec.
OVERSPEED 120% over speed for 2 minutes
PAINT Synthetic Enamel ( Light grey shade 631 as per IS:5 )
POSITION OF SLIPRING On Top Frame 160 and Above
INSPECTION WINDOW On Side Frame 132S /132M
SPECIFICATIONS OF STANDARD PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
3 4
Frame Type Enclosure Unit Output
2P 4P 6P 8P
AD63/ND355LX SCR TEFC kW 0.18-315 0.18-400 0.37-275 0.37-200
C160/C315MX SCR SPDP kW 9.3-250 9.3-250 7.5-185 3.7-132
NC100/NC132 SCR DV kW 2.2-30 2.2-30 1.5-18.5 3.7-15
E80/E315L SCR FLP kW 0.37-200 0.37-200 0.37-160 0.37-132
DW112/NDW355LX SR TEFC kW - 2.2-250 2.2-160 1.5-132
CW160/CW315MX SR SPDP kW - 7.5-225 5.5-160 3.7-132
EW250/EW315L SR FLP kW - 26-160 18.5-132 15-100
Table Showing Frame wise Output Of Standard Continuous rated (S1-Duty) Motors
MOTOR TYPE TEFC-SCR TEFC-SR DP-SCR DP-SR
DV-SCR
VOLTAGE VARIATION 415+/-10%
FREQUENCY VARIATION 50HZ +/-5%
COMBINED VARIATION 10% (ABSOLUTE SUM)
FRAME DIMENSIONS AS per IS 1231
CLASS OF INSULATION F
AMBIENT TEMPRATURE/ AS PER RELEVANT PERFORMANCE FIGURES
TEMP. RISE (BY RESISTANCE)
ALTITUDE MAXIMUM OF 1000 METER
RELATIVE HUMIDITY UP TO 100 % UP TO 50 %
ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION Non corrosive and non hazardous Atmosphere
RATING/DUTY Continuous/S1
DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP 55 (As per IS 4691) IP 21For Frames from 160 and above
IP 23 For Frame 100-132
MOUNTING REFERENCE As per IS 2253
MECHANICAL DIMENSION As per Relevant Dimensional Drawings
POSITION OF TERMINAL BOX RHS viewing From On Top for RHS viewing From RHS viewing
Driving End For ON TOP Driving End From Driving End
D80-ND355L and For NDW160M TO For C160 For CW160
AD63-AD100L NDW355LX TO C315MX TOCW315MX
ARRANGEMENT OF As per relevant Terminal box arrangement drawings
TERMINALS
CONNECTION Upto 1.5kW&2.2kW Stator: DELTA Upto 1.5kW&2.2kW Stator: DELTA
4-p-STAR Rotor: 4-p-STAR Rotor: STAR
2.2kW 2/6/8 &above STAR/DELTA 2.2kW 2/6/8 &above 3
NO. OF LEADS DELTA 3 DELTA LEADS/3LEADS
Upto 1.5kW &2.2kW LEADS/3LEADS Upto 1.5kW &
2/4p-3 2.2kW 2/4p-3
2.2kW 6-8P & 2.2kW 6-8P &
above -6 above -6
DIRECTION OF ROTATION Bi-directional Bi-directional Bi-directional
Except 280,315-2 pole
ACW from DE
GREASE Lithium Soap Base Grade II
Type - Online Greasing arrangement for 250 and above
Greasing Arrangement - Grease valve assembly for frame 250 and above on both sides
- Sealed for life bearings Upto 225 frame
BEARING SEAL V- Seal with cap for Frame 160 and above
Oil Seal for Frames 63 to132 M -
VIBRATION LEVEL As per Normal Class of IS12075
NOISE LEVEL As per IS12065
OVERLOAD CAPACITY Capable of withstanding 60% Overload for 15 sec.
OVERSPEED 120% over speed for 2 minutes
PAINT Synthetic Enamel ( Light grey shade 631 as per IS:5 )
POSITION OF SLIPRING On Top Frame 160 and Above
INSPECTION WINDOW On Side Frame 132S /132M
SPECIFICATIONS OF STANDARD PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
3 4
REF V36 V6
FRAME WITH FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. UP FACE VERT. UP
MTNG WALL OR FLANGE WALL
REF V18 19
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. UP FACE VERT. UP
MTNG FLANGE TYPE C FLANGE TYPE C
REF B7 B8
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG WALL CEILING
ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL
Non Standard Voltage And Frequency Variation Non Standard Mounting Dimensions
Duel Voltage (1:2 or 1:1.732 Ratio) Special shaft Extension
Triple Voltage (1: 3 : 2 Ratio)
Inverter fed Supplies And AC Variable Speed Double shaft Extension
drives
Multispeed Motors Upto 4 different speeds Separately Ventilated
Motors
Energy Efficient Motors Low Vibration & Noise Level
High Slip Motors Shock Grade Motors
Motors For Frequent starts/stops/reversal Motors for Hazardous areas
(e.g. crane duty)
Torque Motors Motors For Dust Laden Atmosphere
High Frequency Motors Brake Motors
Textiles Motors Geared Motors
10,12,16,18,24,32 Pole Motors Special Bearings like Thrust Bearings
Special Performance Requirements Tacho Mounting
Class H insulated Motors Non Standard Paint Shade and Painting Procedure for
Required DFT
Motors With Service Factor Fabricated Steel Enclosure
Alternate Terminal Box Position
Slipring Motors with Bar-wound rotors for Special Shaft Material
Frames 280 to 355
Stainless Steel/ Brass Hardware
Accessories like RTD, BTDs, Thermocouples, Plug
& Socket
Custom Size Fabricated terminal box & Terminal
Arrangements.
Canopy
SPECIAL DESIGNS OFFERED MOUNTING ARRANGMENTS
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
REF B3 B5
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE D
REF B35 B14
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE D
TYPE B
REF B34 B6
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE C
TYPE C
REF V1 V5
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. DOWN FACE VERT. DOWN
MTNG FLANGE TYPE D BASE ON RAILS
REF V15 V3
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. DOWN FACE VERT. DOWN
MTNG WALL OR FLANGE FLANGE TYPE D
* For installation of foot mounted on the wall additional
support should be povided
REFERENCE : IS 2253
5 6
REF V36 V6
FRAME WITH FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. UP FACE VERT. UP
MTNG WALL OR FLANGE WALL
REF V18 19
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. UP FACE VERT. UP
MTNG FLANGE TYPE C FLANGE TYPE C
REF B7 B8
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG WALL CEILING
ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL
Non Standard Voltage And Frequency Variation Non Standard Mounting Dimensions
Duel Voltage (1:2 or 1:1.732 Ratio) Special shaft Extension
Triple Voltage (1: 3 : 2 Ratio)
Inverter fed Supplies And AC Variable Speed Double shaft Extension
drives
Multispeed Motors Upto 4 different speeds Separately Ventilated
Motors
Energy Efficient Motors Low Vibration & Noise Level
High Slip Motors Shock Grade Motors
Motors For Frequent starts/stops/reversal Motors for Hazardous areas
(e.g. crane duty)
Torque Motors Motors For Dust Laden Atmosphere
High Frequency Motors Brake Motors
Textiles Motors Geared Motors
10,12,16,18,24,32 Pole Motors Special Bearings like Thrust Bearings
Special Performance Requirements Tacho Mounting
Class H insulated Motors Non Standard Paint Shade and Painting Procedure for
Required DFT
Motors With Service Factor Fabricated Steel Enclosure
Alternate Terminal Box Position
Slipring Motors with Bar-wound rotors for Special Shaft Material
Frames 280 to 355
Stainless Steel/ Brass Hardware
Accessories like RTD, BTDs, Thermocouples, Plug
& Socket
Custom Size Fabricated terminal box & Terminal
Arrangements.
Canopy
SPECIAL DESIGNS OFFERED MOUNTING ARRANGMENTS
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
FIGURE
REF B3 B5
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE D
REF B35 B14
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE D
TYPE B
REF B34 B6
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
MTNG BASE OR RAILS FLANGE TYPE C
TYPE C
REF V1 V5
FRAME WITHOUT FEET WITH FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. DOWN FACE VERT. DOWN
MTNG FLANGE TYPE D BASE ON RAILS
REF V15 V3
FRAME WITH FEET WITHOUT FEET
SHAFT FACE VERT. DOWN FACE VERT. DOWN
MTNG WALL OR FLANGE FLANGE TYPE D
* For installation of foot mounted on the wall additional
support should be povided
REFERENCE : IS 2253
5 6
DEGREE OF PROTECTION
The degree of protection as classified in IS:4691 is given below. It is denoted by two
digits. The first digit denotes protection against solid bodies or particles and the
second digit denotes protection against liquid. All our standard TEFC motors have
degree of protection IP 55, unless otherwise specified.
Second
Characteristic
Numeral
First
Characteristic
Numeral
No
Protection
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
4 5 6
Water falling
Vertically shall
not harm
Water falling up
to 15 from
Vertically shall
not harm
Water falling upto
60 from Vertically
shall not harm
Water splashes
shall not harm
Water projected
by nozzle
shall not harm
Water from
heavy seas shall
not harm
No
Protection
Special
Protection
against
bodies 50
mm dia.
DP
protection
against
bodies 12
mm dia
TEFC
Protection
against
bodies
1 mm dia
TEFC
Protection
against
powder
IP 21 IP 22 IP 23
IP 44
IP 54 IP 55 IP 56
NOISE LEVEL
The noise level of the motors is restricted to the levels specified in IS
12065. Table below gives the noise level as per IS 12065
Limiting Mean Sound Power Level L in dB (A) for Airborne noise
w
emitted by Rotating Electrical Machines.
ProtectiveIP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP` IP IP IP
Enclosure21 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44
Rating kW
Rated Speed (rev. /min.)
(or kVA)
960 & below 961 to 1320 1321 to 1900 1901 to 2360 2361 to 3150 3151 to 3750
Above Upto Sound Power Level dB (A)
- 1.1 - 76 - 79 - 80 - 83 - 84 - 88
1.1 2.2 - 79 - 80 - 83 - 87 - 89 - 91
2.2 5.5 - 82 - 84 - 87 - 92 - 93 - 95
5.5 11 82 85 85 88 88 91 91 96 94 97 97 100
11 22 86 89 89 93 92 96 94 98 97 101 100 103
22 37 89 91 92 95 94 97 96 100 99 103 102 105
37 55 90 92 94 97 97 99 99 103 101 105 104 107
55 110 94 96 97 101 100 104 102 105 104 107 106 109
110 220 98 100 100 104 103 106 105 108 107 110 108 112
220 630 100 102 104 106 106 109 107 111 108 112 110 114
Note 1: IP 21 corresponds generally to drip proof open ventilated & similar enclosures.
IP 44 corresponds generally to totally enclosed fan-cooled, closed air circuit air-cooled & similar enclosure (see Is-4691)
VIBRATION.
The motor is said to be in state of vibration if any part of it experiences displacement in any direction. Standard motors
comply with normal class of vibration depending on severity as per IS 12075. Measurement & evaluation of vibration of
Rotating Electrical Machines. The limits of vibration levels are given below.
VIBRATION LEVELS
LIMITS OF VIBRATION SEVERITY IN ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES
MEASURED IN STATE OF FREE SUSPENTION *
Shaft height H, mm 56 to 132 160 to 225 225
600 to 1500 Above 1500 600 to 1500 Above 1500 600 to 1500 Above 1500
Range of speed
&Upto 3000 & Upto 3000 & Upto 3000
Class of vibration Severity RMS Value of Vibration Velocity, mm/s
Normal 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.8 2.8 4.5
Precision A 0.71 0.71 0.71 1.12 - -
Precision B 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.71 - -
Precision C 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.45 - -
* The vibration may be determined & rigid mounting condition but the value of vibration severity shall be agreed by a
special agreement between the manufacturer & the user.
7 8
DEGREE OF PROTECTION
The degree of protection as classified in IS:4691 is given below. It is denoted by two
digits. The first digit denotes protection against solid bodies or particles and the
second digit denotes protection against liquid. All our standard TEFC motors have
degree of protection IP 55, unless otherwise specified.
Second
Characteristic
Numeral
First
Characteristic
Numeral
No
Protection
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
4 5 6
Water falling
Vertically shall
not harm
Water falling up
to 15 from
Vertically shall
not harm
Water falling upto
60 from Vertically
shall not harm
Water splashes
shall not harm
Water projected
by nozzle
shall not harm
Water from
heavy seas shall
not harm
No
Protection
Special
Protection
against
bodies 50
mm dia.
DP
protection
against
bodies 12
mm dia
TEFC
Protection
against
bodies
1 mm dia
TEFC
Protection
against
powder
IP 21 IP 22 IP 23
IP 44
IP 54 IP 55 IP 56
NOISE LEVEL
The noise level of the motors is restricted to the levels specified in IS
12065. Table below gives the noise level as per IS 12065
Limiting Mean Sound Power Level L in dB (A) for Airborne noise
w
emitted by Rotating Electrical Machines.
ProtectiveIP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP` IP IP IP
Enclosure21 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44 21 44
Rating kW
Rated Speed (rev. /min.)
(or kVA)
960 & below 961 to 1320 1321 to 1900 1901 to 2360 2361 to 3150 3151 to 3750
Above Upto Sound Power Level dB (A)
- 1.1 - 76 - 79 - 80 - 83 - 84 - 88
1.1 2.2 - 79 - 80 - 83 - 87 - 89 - 91
2.2 5.5 - 82 - 84 - 87 - 92 - 93 - 95
5.5 11 82 85 85 88 88 91 91 96 94 97 97 100
11 22 86 89 89 93 92 96 94 98 97 101 100 103
22 37 89 91 92 95 94 97 96 100 99 103 102 105
37 55 90 92 94 97 97 99 99 103 101 105 104 107
55 110 94 96 97 101 100 104 102 105 104 107 106 109
110 220 98 100 100 104 103 106 105 108 107 110 108 112
220 630 100 102 104 106 106 109 107 111 108 112 110 114
Note 1: IP 21 corresponds generally to drip proof open ventilated & similar enclosures.
IP 44 corresponds generally to totally enclosed fan-cooled, closed air circuit air-cooled & similar enclosure (see Is-4691)
VIBRATION.
The motor is said to be in state of vibration if any part of it experiences displacement in any direction. Standard motors
comply with normal class of vibration depending on severity as per IS 12075. Measurement & evaluation of vibration of
Rotating Electrical Machines. The limits of vibration levels are given below.
VIBRATION LEVELS
LIMITS OF VIBRATION SEVERITY IN ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES
MEASURED IN STATE OF FREE SUSPENTION *
Shaft height H, mm 56 to 132 160 to 225 225
600 to 1500 Above 1500 600 to 1500 Above 1500 600 to 1500 Above 1500
Range of speed
&Upto 3000 & Upto 3000 & Upto 3000
Class of vibration Severity RMS Value of Vibration Velocity, mm/s
Normal 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.8 2.8 4.5
Precision A 0.71 0.71 0.71 1.12 - -
Precision B 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.71 - -
Precision C 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.45 - -
* The vibration may be determined & rigid mounting condition but the value of vibration severity shall be agreed by a
special agreement between the manufacturer & the user.
7 8
SHAFT
HEIGHT 56 TO 132 160 TO 225 225
H, mm
Pole 8 6 4 2 10 8 6 4 2 10 8 6 4 2
Speed, rpm. 750 1000 1500 3000 600 750 1000 1500 3000 600 750 1000 1500 3000
Class of
vibration
severity
Normal 64 48 32 16 80 64 48 32 25 125 100 75 50 42
Precision A 24 18 12 6 30 24 18 12 10 - - - - -
Precision B 16 12 8 4 20 16 12 8 6 - - - - -
Precision C 10 8 5 2.5 13 10 8 5 4 - - - - -
MEASURED IN STATE OF FREE SUSPENSION
*The vibration may be determined in rigid mounting condition but the values of vibration severity shall be agreed
between the manufacturer and the user.
MECHANICAL FEATURES
GENERAL
ENCLOSURE
Frames 63 to 100 L with prefixes AD are of
diecast aluminum. Foot mounted stators
have integral feet. TEFC & TE motors have
integral longitudinal ribs for effective heat
transfer. Specially designed roller table
motors for steel plants have circular ribs to
avoid deposition of dust & slags between the
ribs.
The stator & end shields are machined to
close tolerances for providing perfect
alignment & fits.
Terminal boxes of frames up to 132M are of
diecast aluminum alloy. Frame 160 & above
have cast iron terminal box. All joints in
terminal box are sealed with gaskets.
Motors above frame 160 have drain holes at
their lowest position as a standard features.
CORE
Both stator and rotor cores are made of
high quality magnetic steel
WINDINGS
Stator and rotor (for SR motors) windings
consists of modified polyester enamel
covered copper wire. Frame 280 and above
are wound with dual coat copper wire as per
IS: 13730-13. Motors wound with double
glass covered conductors (as per IS: 1184)
are also available on order for frame 160 and
above only.
INSULATION
All motors are made with class F insulation as
a standard feature.
The slot liners are either provided with
double cuffing or edge binding at the slot
mouth portion to strengthen the insulation.
For frame 160 & above class F varnish or
resin with vacuum pressure impregnation is
used for impregnating the winding.
Epoxy gel cot is sprayed on all winding
overhangs (in frames 200 and above) to
provide mechanical rigidity to the winding
withstanding the electrical and mechanical
stresses
Surge testing is carried out on all windings in
addition to all other test ensuring healthiness
of windings
The overhangs of SR rotors are banded with
resi-glass tapes under controlled tension, to
prevent flaring under centrifugal force cost
by over speed.
ROTOR
The rotor of SCR motors are made of
pressure diecast aluminum (or alloy in case
of special designs) up to frame ND355L.
Rotors of specific polarity are made of
electrolytic copper & copper alloy bars &
rings connected by high quality silver
brazing.
The rotors of SR (slipring) motors are wound
with copper wire or strip. (See in winding and
insulation)
SLIPRING AND BRUSHGEAR
SR motors are provided with slipring and
brush gear arrangement. The Slipring are
moulded in epoxy-based insulation and have
excellent stability at high temperature and
have very good anti tracking property.
Fabricated Slipring as per Steel Plant's
specification (IPSS are also available on
request for frames 160 & above.
3 Nos. brush holders with 2 nos each metal
graphite carbon brushes are provided- one
on each ring phase. The grade of carbon
brush is M15E of Assam carbon or
equivalent. Each carbon brush is marked
with its grade and the line of wear, which
helps in identifying replacement need.
The brush holders are made of brass. For
160 to 200, self tension adjustment brush
holders are used . Frames 225 and above
have adjustable arms to suit the range of
slipring diameter. This always facilitates
angular adjustment of arms for radial
placement of brushes even after reduction in
diameter of slipring resulting out of any
rework carried out in service for frames 225 &
above. The brush tension is adjustable with
the help of adjustable nuts provided on the
brush arm. The sizes of brush and
recommended force for all frames are given
below:
9 10
SHAFT
HEIGHT 56 TO 132 160 TO 225 225
H, mm
Pole 8 6 4 2 10 8 6 4 2 10 8 6 4 2
Speed, rpm. 750 1000 1500 3000 600 750 1000 1500 3000 600 750 1000 1500 3000
Class of
vibration
severity
Normal 64 48 32 16 80 64 48 32 25 125 100 75 50 42
Precision A 24 18 12 6 30 24 18 12 10 - - - - -
Precision B 16 12 8 4 20 16 12 8 6 - - - - -
Precision C 10 8 5 2.5 13 10 8 5 4 - - - - -
MEASURED IN STATE OF FREE SUSPENSION
*The vibration may be determined in rigid mounting condition but the values of vibration severity shall be agreed
between the manufacturer and the user.
MECHANICAL FEATURES
GENERAL
ENCLOSURE
Frames 63 to 100 L with prefixes AD are of
diecast aluminum. Foot mounted stators
have integral feet. TEFC & TE motors have
integral longitudinal ribs for effective heat
transfer. Specially designed roller table
motors for steel plants have circular ribs to
avoid deposition of dust & slags between the
ribs.
The stator & end shields are machined to
close tolerances for providing perfect
alignment & fits.
Terminal boxes of frames up to 132M are of
diecast aluminum alloy. Frame 160 & above
have cast iron terminal box. All joints in
terminal box are sealed with gaskets.
Motors above frame 160 have drain holes at
their lowest position as a standard features.
CORE
Both stator and rotor cores are made of
high quality magnetic steel
WINDINGS
Stator and rotor (for SR motors) windings
consists of modified polyester enamel
covered copper wire. Frame 280 and above
are wound with dual coat copper wire as per
IS: 13730-13. Motors wound with double
glass covered conductors (as per IS: 1184)
are also available on order for frame 160 and
above only.
INSULATION
All motors are made with class F insulation as
a standard feature.
The slot liners are either provided with
double cuffing or edge binding at the slot
mouth portion to strengthen the insulation.
For frame 160 & above class F varnish or
resin with vacuum pressure impregnation is
used for impregnating the winding.
Epoxy gel cot is sprayed on all winding
overhangs (in frames 200 and above) to
provide mechanical rigidity to the winding
withstanding the electrical and mechanical
stresses
Surge testing is carried out on all windings in
addition to all other test ensuring healthiness
of windings
The overhangs of SR rotors are banded with
resi-glass tapes under controlled tension, to
prevent flaring under centrifugal force cost
by over speed.
ROTOR
The rotor of SCR motors are made of
pressure diecast aluminum (or alloy in case
of special designs) up to frame ND355L.
Rotors of specific polarity are made of
electrolytic copper & copper alloy bars &
rings connected by high quality silver
brazing.
The rotors of SR (slipring) motors are wound
with copper wire or strip. (See in winding and
insulation)
SLIPRING AND BRUSHGEAR
SR motors are provided with slipring and
brush gear arrangement. The Slipring are
moulded in epoxy-based insulation and have
excellent stability at high temperature and
have very good anti tracking property.
Fabricated Slipring as per Steel Plant's
specification (IPSS are also available on
request for frames 160 & above.
3 Nos. brush holders with 2 nos each metal
graphite carbon brushes are provided- one
on each ring phase. The grade of carbon
brush is M15E of Assam carbon or
equivalent. Each carbon brush is marked
with its grade and the line of wear, which
helps in identifying replacement need.
The brush holders are made of brass. For
160 to 200, self tension adjustment brush
holders are used . Frames 225 and above
have adjustable arms to suit the range of
slipring diameter. This always facilitates
angular adjustment of arms for radial
placement of brushes even after reduction in
diameter of slipring resulting out of any
rework carried out in service for frames 225 &
above. The brush tension is adjustable with
the help of adjustable nuts provided on the
brush arm. The sizes of brush and
recommended force for all frames are given
below:
9 10
FRAME BRUSH SIZE = t x a RECOMMENDED FORCE/BRUSH
112-132 8 x 12.5 sq.mm 200gms. - 250gms.
160-200 16 x 24 sq.mm 200gms. - 250gms.
225-250 16 x 20 sq. mm 650gms. - 800gms.
280-315 20 x 40 sq. mm 1600gms. - 2000gms.
SHAFT
The shaft is made of C40 (EN8) steel. Shaft
bars above 50mm diameter are ultrasonically
tested for detection of flaws, before taken up
for machining. Shaft made of special steel
(i.e.EN24, EN57 or stainless steel grades) are
also available on demand to suit the
requirement of application.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE RADIAL PULL
KG. AT THE CENTRE OF SHAFT
EXTENSION (INCLUDING PULLEY WEIGHT)
MINIMUM DIAMETER AND MAXIMUM FACE WIDTH
OF PULLEY IN mm
RPM
SYNC. 3000 1500 1000 750
FRAME
63 42 46 - -
71 46 55 - -
80 53 66 76 -
90 46 57 66 72
100 66 83 96 106
112 95 120 138 153
132 137 173 198 218
160 255 305 305 305
180 300 380 395 395
200 400 505 580 580
225 450 570 655 655
250 510 1095 1095 1095
280 510 1790 1790 1790
315 560 1905 1905 1905
355 590 2000 2000 575
RPM 1500
SYNC. 3000 BELOW
FRAME PULLEY DIA FACE WIDTH
63 75 75 30
71 75 75 40
80 75 75 50
90 75 75 63
100 75 75 80
112 100 100 100
132 120 120 125
160 120 180 177
180 125 200 203
200 130 220 280
225 170 260 330
250 180 220 380
280 300 220 380
315 500 420 380
355 600 450 400
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AXIAL THRUST IN KG. CONSIDERING EXTERNAL RADIAL THRUST TO BE ABSENT
RPM 3000 1500 1000 750
SYNC.
FRAME HOR VER HOR VER HOR VER HOR VER
DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS
63 18 24 30 40 - - - -
71 21 28 36 48 - - - -
80 35 33 43 40 50 48 - -
90 30 27 38 33 43 38 48 43
100 42 37 53 47 60 54 67 61
112 60 53 75 67 87 79 96 88
132 88 75 110 94 127 109 140 122
160 170 140 225 208 265 245 300 280
180 195 160 260 230 310 280 345 320
200 260 210 340 270 410 360 480 420
225 285 230 380 325 455 380 515 440
250 325 150 470 290 555 390 360 480
280 325 120 580 350 680 440 765 540
315 355 180 610 320 730 430 810 520
355 385 210 640 390 760 460 850 580
NOTE: For radial or Axial thrust exceeding the values given in above table, please refer to works.
HOR HORIZONTAL , VER- VERTICAL
11 12
FRAME BRUSH SIZE = t x a RECOMMENDED FORCE/BRUSH
112-132 8 x 12.5 sq.mm 200gms. - 250gms.
160-200 16 x 24 sq.mm 200gms. - 250gms.
225-250 16 x 20 sq. mm 650gms. - 800gms.
280-315 20 x 40 sq. mm 1600gms. - 2000gms.
SHAFT
The shaft is made of C40 (EN8) steel. Shaft
bars above 50mm diameter are ultrasonically
tested for detection of flaws, before taken up
for machining. Shaft made of special steel
(i.e.EN24, EN57 or stainless steel grades) are
also available on demand to suit the
requirement of application.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE RADIAL PULL
KG. AT THE CENTRE OF SHAFT
EXTENSION (INCLUDING PULLEY WEIGHT)
MINIMUM DIAMETER AND MAXIMUM FACE WIDTH
OF PULLEY IN mm
RPM
SYNC. 3000 1500 1000 750
FRAME
63 42 46 - -
71 46 55 - -
80 53 66 76 -
90 46 57 66 72
100 66 83 96 106
112 95 120 138 153
132 137 173 198 218
160 255 305 305 305
180 300 380 395 395
200 400 505 580 580
225 450 570 655 655
250 510 1095 1095 1095
280 510 1790 1790 1790
315 560 1905 1905 1905
355 590 2000 2000 575
RPM 1500
SYNC. 3000 BELOW
FRAME PULLEY DIA FACE WIDTH
63 75 75 30
71 75 75 40
80 75 75 50
90 75 75 63
100 75 75 80
112 100 100 100
132 120 120 125
160 120 180 177
180 125 200 203
200 130 220 280
225 170 260 330
250 180 220 380
280 300 220 380
315 500 420 380
355 600 450 400
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AXIAL THRUST IN KG. CONSIDERING EXTERNAL RADIAL THRUST TO BE ABSENT
RPM 3000 1500 1000 750
SYNC.
FRAME HOR VER HOR VER HOR VER HOR VER
DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS DOWNWARDS
63 18 24 30 40 - - - -
71 21 28 36 48 - - - -
80 35 33 43 40 50 48 - -
90 30 27 38 33 43 38 48 43
100 42 37 53 47 60 54 67 61
112 60 53 75 67 87 79 96 88
132 88 75 110 94 127 109 140 122
160 170 140 225 208 265 245 300 280
180 195 160 260 230 310 280 345 320
200 260 210 340 270 410 360 480 420
225 285 230 380 325 455 380 515 440
250 325 150 470 290 555 390 360 480
280 325 120 580 350 680 440 765 540
315 355 180 610 320 730 430 810 520
355 385 210 640 390 760 460 850 580
NOTE: For radial or Axial thrust exceeding the values given in above table, please refer to works.
HOR HORIZONTAL , VER- VERTICAL
11 12
BEARING LIFE: The minimum L 10 life of bearings for standard motors is 40000 hours subjaect to operations under
conditions of maximum permissible radial thrust, axial thrust and minimum diameter and maximum face width of pully.
Diameter Thread D3 D4 tl-0+2 t2 min t3 t4
Range 'D' d
7 to 10 M3 3.2 5.3 9 13 2.6 1.8
10 to 13 M4 4.3 6.7 10 14 3.2 2.1
13 to 16 M5 5.3 8.1 12.5 17 4 2.4
16 to 21 M6 6.4 9.6 16 21 5 2.8
21 to 24 M8 8.4 12.2 19 25 6 3.3
24 to 30 M10 10.5 14.9 22 30 7.5 3.8
30 to 38 M12 13 18.1 28 37.5 9.5 4.4
38 to 50 M16 17 23 36 45 12 5.2
50 to 85 M20 21 28.4 42 53 15 6.4
85 to 130 M24 25 34.2 50 63 18 8
Dimensions are as per DIN 332 part 2
THREADED CENTERED HOLES FOR MOTOR SHAFT
BEARING REFERENCE AND LUBRICATION INTERVALS
BEARING AND LUBRICATION : Motors above frame 250 are provided with deep groove ball Bearings with on line
greasing arrangement. Motors upto frame 225 are provided with sealed ball
bearings. A guideline for relubrication is available in the chart given below.
GREASE : Lithium Base Grease grade II
GREASE QUANTITY Complete space between rolling elements of bearings and half of the Space inside
and outside of bearing cover to be filled by grease.
GREASE EXPIRY DATE : Ensure that grease is used before the expiry date as stated by the Manufacturer.
RELUBRICATION CHART (IN HOURS)
FRAME SIZE DE BRG NDE BRG Interval For Relubrication In Hours For Respective Rpm (syn)
2 POLE 4 POLE 6 POLE 8 POLE 10/12POLE
AD63 6201ZZ 6201ZZ -- -- -- -- --
AD71 6203ZZ 6203ZZ -- -- -- -- --
AD/D80 6204ZZ 6204ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND/D90S/L 6205ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND/NC100L/LX 6206ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND112M@ 6306ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND112MX/NC112M 6206ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND 132 S/M 6308ZZ 6208ZZ -- -- -- -- --
DW132S/M(SR)* 6208ZZ 6307ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND160M/L 6309 2RS 6309 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND180M 6310 2RS 6310 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND200L 6312 2RS 6312 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND225M 6313 2RS 6313 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND250M-2POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 1800 23000
ND250M-4P & UP 6314 6314 2000 3500 5000 7750 10500
ND280S/M 2P POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 23000
ND280S/M 4P & UP 6318 6318 1250 2900 4750 7250 9500
ND315M/L-2 POLE 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
ND315L 4P & UP 6319 6319 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355 S/M 2P 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
4P 6321 6321 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355L 6321 6321 500 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355LX 6322 6322 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
C160M/L 63102RS 63103RS 4800 8800 13500 22000 27000
C180M/L 63122RS 63122RS 3500 8500 13200 20000 25000
C200M/L 63132RS 63132RS 3100 8000 13000 18500 24000
C225S/M 6314 6314 2500 800 12800 18000 23000
C250S/M-2 POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 23000
C250S/M-4P & UP NU316 6316 2000 3500 5000 7750 10500
C280M-2 POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 --
C280M/MX-4P & UP NU318 6318 1250 2900 4750 7250 9500
C315M/MX-2 POLE 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
C215M/MX-4P & UP NU319 6319 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
13 14
BEARING LIFE: The minimum L 10 life of bearings for standard motors is 40000 hours subjaect to operations under
conditions of maximum permissible radial thrust, axial thrust and minimum diameter and maximum face width of pully.
Diameter Thread D3 D4 tl-0+2 t2 min t3 t4
Range 'D' d
7 to 10 M3 3.2 5.3 9 13 2.6 1.8
10 to 13 M4 4.3 6.7 10 14 3.2 2.1
13 to 16 M5 5.3 8.1 12.5 17 4 2.4
16 to 21 M6 6.4 9.6 16 21 5 2.8
21 to 24 M8 8.4 12.2 19 25 6 3.3
24 to 30 M10 10.5 14.9 22 30 7.5 3.8
30 to 38 M12 13 18.1 28 37.5 9.5 4.4
38 to 50 M16 17 23 36 45 12 5.2
50 to 85 M20 21 28.4 42 53 15 6.4
85 to 130 M24 25 34.2 50 63 18 8
Dimensions are as per DIN 332 part 2
THREADED CENTERED HOLES FOR MOTOR SHAFT
BEARING REFERENCE AND LUBRICATION INTERVALS
BEARING AND LUBRICATION : Motors above frame 250 are provided with deep groove ball Bearings with on line
greasing arrangement. Motors upto frame 225 are provided with sealed ball
bearings. A guideline for relubrication is available in the chart given below.
GREASE : Lithium Base Grease grade II
GREASE QUANTITY Complete space between rolling elements of bearings and half of the Space inside
and outside of bearing cover to be filled by grease.
GREASE EXPIRY DATE : Ensure that grease is used before the expiry date as stated by the Manufacturer.
RELUBRICATION CHART (IN HOURS)
FRAME SIZE DE BRG NDE BRG Interval For Relubrication In Hours For Respective Rpm (syn)
2 POLE 4 POLE 6 POLE 8 POLE 10/12POLE
AD63 6201ZZ 6201ZZ -- -- -- -- --
AD71 6203ZZ 6203ZZ -- -- -- -- --
AD/D80 6204ZZ 6204ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND/D90S/L 6205ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND/NC100L/LX 6206ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND112M@ 6306ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND112MX/NC112M 6206ZZ 6205ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND 132 S/M 6308ZZ 6208ZZ -- -- -- -- --
DW132S/M(SR)* 6208ZZ 6307ZZ -- -- -- -- --
ND160M/L 6309 2RS 6309 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND180M 6310 2RS 6310 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND200L 6312 2RS 6312 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND225M 6313 2RS 6313 2RS -- -- -- -- --
ND250M-2POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 1800 23000
ND250M-4P & UP 6314 6314 2000 3500 5000 7750 10500
ND280S/M 2P POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 23000
ND280S/M 4P & UP 6318 6318 1250 2900 4750 7250 9500
ND315M/L-2 POLE 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
ND315L 4P & UP 6319 6319 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355 S/M 2P 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
4P 6321 6321 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355L 6321 6321 500 2500 4500 7000 9000
ND355LX 6322 6322 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
C160M/L 63102RS 63103RS 4800 8800 13500 22000 27000
C180M/L 63122RS 63122RS 3500 8500 13200 20000 25000
C200M/L 63132RS 63132RS 3100 8000 13000 18500 24000
C225S/M 6314 6314 2500 800 12800 18000 23000
C250S/M-2 POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 23000
C250S/M-4P & UP NU316 6316 2000 3500 5000 7750 10500
C280M-2 POLE 6314 6314 2500 7800 12800 18000 --
C280M/MX-4P & UP NU318 6318 1250 2900 4750 7250 9500
C315M/MX-2 POLE 6315 6315 2300 7000 12500 17000 22000
C215M/MX-4P & UP NU319 6319 1000 2500 4500 7000 9000
13 14
Bearings are common for CAST IRON and
ALUMINIUM body motors upto frame size
100L/LX.
* For single shaft extension. For double
shaft extension-Bearing Size-6208/6208.
Bearings are common for SR and SCR 4
pole up wherever not mentioned.
Bearing clearance-Motors upto 132M
have normal clearance bearings.
Motors in Frame 160 & above have C3
clearance Bearings.
@ For single shaft extension only.
TERMINAL BOX
Terminal boxes of all motors are rotatable in
steps of 90' except aluminum body motor in
80 frame. This feature has been incorporated
in order to facilitate cable entry from any
direction. However, terminal boxes which are
fitted with trifurcating box (frame 225 &
above) would need sufficient space
underneath, for cable entry from bottom, as
the trifurcating box ends below the level of
motor feet. For cast iron body motors (Frame
80 132 M), sufficient space is to be provided
below the terminal box where cable entry is
to be provided from bottom.
The terminal box provided for standard
motors is of die cast aluminum alloy or of cast
iron. The degree of protection provided is
IP55. The detailed dimensions of terminal
box are given in the drawings included in the
catalogue. As a standard practice, for cast
iron body motors , the terminal box is
provided on the right hand side, when viewed
from driving end. When required, terminal
box can be provided on left hand side when
viewed from driving end.
For aluminum Frames (AD 63 to AD100L),
terminal box is on top. For ND 132 to ND 355
frames, terminal box can also be provided on
top, on request.
For motors rated Upto and including 2.2.kW
(3HP) 2pole/4pole are provided with 3
terminals. For 2.2.kW (3HP) 6pole/8pole
and 3 kW and above are provided with 6
terminals as a standard practice. The
terminal markings U, V, W or U1, V1, W1, &
U2, V2, W2 are provided on the motor lead
sockets.
Standard motors in frame 160 & above are
provided with double decker terminal box for
easy termination of two cables for Star/Delta
starting.
Cable trifurcating box is provided in Frames
225 & above.
Antirotating socket arrangement is a
standard feature in frame 225 & above.
Clearance & creepage distances in the
terminal box for Frames 63 to 132 M are as
per BS 4999 part 145. For frames 160 &
above, distances are as per IS: 6381
TEFC DP MAXIMUM CABLE SIZE NO. OF TERMINAL BSC
FRAME FRAME MAIN STUD SIZE ENTRY
DOL STAR/DELTA TERMINALS MAIN EARTH NOS. SIZE
2
AD63- - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 1
AD71
2
AD80 * - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 2
2
D80 - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 1
2
D90S/L - 4CX10mm - 3 -M6 M5 1
2 2
ND90S- - 4CX10mm 4CX10mm # 6 M6 M5 DOL-1 1
ND132M S/D-2
2
AD90S- - 4CX10mm - 3 M6 M5 1 1
AD100L
2 2
NC100L- - 4CX10mm 4CX10mm 6 M6 M5 DOL-1 1"
NC132M S/D-2
2
ND160- C160&C180 3CX50mm 2X3 C 6 M6 M8 2 1
2
ND200 X35mm
2
ND225 TO C200 TO 3CX120mm 2X3C X 6 M8 M12 for 2 1
2
C250 95mm ND250
ND280
M8 for others
2
ND325S/M/L C280 TO 3CX400mm 2X3 C 6 M12 M12 2 2"
2
C315S/M/MX X300 mm
ND355L/LX --- 3C x 400 mm 2 x 3C x 300 6 M16 M12 2 2.5
mm
* INTEGRAL TERMINAL BOX
# 3 LEADS UPTO 2.2 kW2 P/4P & 1.5 Kw 6p/8p and below
6 leads for 2.2 kW 6p/8p & above
15 16
Bearings are common for CAST IRON and
ALUMINIUM body motors upto frame size
100L/LX.
* For single shaft extension. For double
shaft extension-Bearing Size-6208/6208.
Bearings are common for SR and SCR 4
pole up wherever not mentioned.
Bearing clearance-Motors upto 132M
have normal clearance bearings.
Motors in Frame 160 & above have C3
clearance Bearings.
@ For single shaft extension only.
TERMINAL BOX
Terminal boxes of all motors are rotatable in
steps of 90' except aluminum body motor in
80 frame. This feature has been incorporated
in order to facilitate cable entry from any
direction. However, terminal boxes which are
fitted with trifurcating box (frame 225 &
above) would need sufficient space
underneath, for cable entry from bottom, as
the trifurcating box ends below the level of
motor feet. For cast iron body motors (Frame
80 132 M), sufficient space is to be provided
below the terminal box where cable entry is
to be provided from bottom.
The terminal box provided for standard
motors is of die cast aluminum alloy or of cast
iron. The degree of protection provided is
IP55. The detailed dimensions of terminal
box are given in the drawings included in the
catalogue. As a standard practice, for cast
iron body motors , the terminal box is
provided on the right hand side, when viewed
from driving end. When required, terminal
box can be provided on left hand side when
viewed from driving end.
For aluminum Frames (AD 63 to AD100L),
terminal box is on top. For ND 132 to ND 355
frames, terminal box can also be provided on
top, on request.
For motors rated Upto and including 2.2.kW
(3HP) 2pole/4pole are provided with 3
terminals. For 2.2.kW (3HP) 6pole/8pole
and 3 kW and above are provided with 6
terminals as a standard practice. The
terminal markings U, V, W or U1, V1, W1, &
U2, V2, W2 are provided on the motor lead
sockets.
Standard motors in frame 160 & above are
provided with double decker terminal box for
easy termination of two cables for Star/Delta
starting.
Cable trifurcating box is provided in Frames
225 & above.
Antirotating socket arrangement is a
standard feature in frame 225 & above.
Clearance & creepage distances in the
terminal box for Frames 63 to 132 M are as
per BS 4999 part 145. For frames 160 &
above, distances are as per IS: 6381
TEFC DP MAXIMUM CABLE SIZE NO. OF TERMINAL BSC
FRAME FRAME MAIN STUD SIZE ENTRY
DOL STAR/DELTA TERMINALS MAIN EARTH NOS. SIZE
2
AD63- - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 1
AD71
2
AD80 * - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 2
2
D80 - 4CX4mm - 3 M5 M4 1
2
D90S/L - 4CX10mm - 3 -M6 M5 1
2 2
ND90S- - 4CX10mm 4CX10mm # 6 M6 M5 DOL-1 1
ND132M S/D-2
2
AD90S- - 4CX10mm - 3 M6 M5 1 1
AD100L
2 2
NC100L- - 4CX10mm 4CX10mm 6 M6 M5 DOL-1 1"
NC132M S/D-2
2
ND160- C160&C180 3CX50mm 2X3 C 6 M6 M8 2 1
2
ND200 X35mm
2
ND225 TO C200 TO 3CX120mm 2X3C X 6 M8 M12 for 2 1
2
C250 95mm ND250
ND280
M8 for others
2
ND325S/M/L C280 TO 3CX400mm 2X3 C 6 M12 M12 2 2"
2
C315S/M/MX X300 mm
ND355L/LX --- 3C x 400 mm 2 x 3C x 300 6 M16 M12 2 2.5
mm
* INTEGRAL TERMINAL BOX
# 3 LEADS UPTO 2.2 kW2 P/4P & 1.5 Kw 6p/8p and below
6 leads for 2.2 kW 6p/8p & above
15 16
Class of Max. * Hot Spot Max. Permissible Temperature Rise for windings at Ambient of (C)
Insulation Permissible Allowance
Temp. (C)
Limit (C)
B 130 10 40 45 50 55 60
80 75 70 65 60
F 155 15 100 95 90 85 80
H 180 15 125 120 115 110 105
CABLE GLANDS
Standard TEFC & DP motors are provided
with threaded cable entry. These holes are
plugged with PVC plugs. On request, double
compression type cable glands (made of
nickel plated brass) can be fitted on terminal
box. The type of cable & its size in that case is
required to be mentioned at the order stage
itself.
FINISH:
All castings and M .S. components are
provided with red oxide primer and
aluminum components with zinc chromate
primer. The motors are finally painted with
synthetic enamel paint of shade-Light gray
631 as per IS : 5
For the motors required to operate in acidic
and alkaline or any other corrosive
atmosphere, the motor components are
suitably treated to withstand corrosion due to
such atmosphere and are then painted with
Epoxy Base paint of colour Light Grey shade
631 as per IS 5. Any other shade can be given
on request.
ELECTRICAL FEATURES
Direction of Rotation
Motors are capable of rotating in either
direction except in 280/315 SPDP.Frame.2
pole Motors. To reverse the direction of
rotation interchanges any of two-phase
connect i on. For 2 pol e mot ors i n
280/315SPDP frame the direction of rotation
is to be specified at the time of ordering.
Motors may be provided with arrow plate to
indicate direction of rotation.
Starting Methods And Torque
DOL Starting: Direct connection to the
mains is the simplest method of starting for
squirrel cage motors. Normally, motors
Upto 2.2 Kw are started DOL, However all
our motors are capable of starting on DOL.
Star-Delta Starting The current impulse
caused during the DOL starting of motors of
higher ratings, lead to the drop in the voltage
of the system. In such cases the motors are
generally started by means of star-delta
starters, wherein the motor terminals get
connected in star at the time of starting
thereby reducing the starting current. When
the motor is accelerated to nearly 70 % of full
speed, the connections at the motor
terminals are changed to delta, for the normal
running of the motor on load SR Motors are
started with SR starters having resistance
banks matching with rotor current of the
motor. Star connected motor can have only
DOL starting.
Operating data for the motors being run by
star-delta starters.
Operating Data Starting on star Running on Delta
Supply Voltage 415 415
Voltage across each phase of 230 415
winding
Current in supply cable 1/ 3 1
Current in phase winding 1/ 3 1/ 3
Breakaway Torque (starting Torque) 1/3 of STT. When started on DOL ---------
Locked rotor current (starting current) 1/ 3 Isc when started on DOL
Permissible No of starts: 2 hot or 3 cold in succession or 4 equally spaced starts.
The number of starts takes into account: - Complete starts, inching & plug reversal
on the following basis.
th
One inching (an incomplete start in which Equivalent to 1/4 start.
motor speed do not cross 25% of rated speed)
In case of SR motors: One plug braking Equivalent to 80% of one start
(Reversal of any two phases till motor
reaches standstill)
One plug reversal (reversal of any two Equivalent to 1.8 starts.
phases, till motor picks up full speed
in reverse direction)
In case of SCR motors Equivalent to 3 starts.
One plug braking
One DC injection braking Equivalent to 2 starts.
One plug reversal Equivalent to 4 starts.
INSULATION CLASS
Standard Motors are provided with windings
having class F Insulation with maximum
permissible temperature rise limited to class
B insulation level. On request , motors are
provided with Class H insulation.
Table showing maximum temperature rise at
various ambient and the * Hot spot
temperature for the insulation system is
given below:
Motors required with higher starting i.e. (6,90,150,300,600 starts /hr) are suitable for intermittent periodic duties
*Hot spot Allowance is an empirical
value expressed in C, by which the
hottest spot of winding can exceed the
mean temperature rise of the winding.
EARTHING
Earthing pads are provided on the stator for
all frames. One no. M5 screw is provided on
either side for 63 80 Aluminum body motors.
Two numbers of M6 screws and washers are
provided for earthing on motor from frame 80
to 132, whereas M8 screws and washers are
provided for earthing in frame 160 to 225. For
Frames 250,280,315&355 Frames M12
screws are provided.
Additional earthing is provided inside the
terminal box (see terminal box details)
17 18
Class of Max. * Hot Spot Max. Permissible Temperature Rise for windings at Ambient of (C)
Insulation Permissible Allowance
Temp. (C)
Limit (C)
B 130 10 40 45 50 55 60
80 75 70 65 60
F 155 15 100 95 90 85 80
H 180 15 125 120 115 110 105
CABLE GLANDS
Standard TEFC & DP motors are provided
with threaded cable entry. These holes are
plugged with PVC plugs. On request, double
compression type cable glands (made of
nickel plated brass) can be fitted on terminal
box. The type of cable & its size in that case is
required to be mentioned at the order stage
itself.
FINISH:
All castings and M .S. components are
provided with red oxide primer and
aluminum components with zinc chromate
primer. The motors are finally painted with
synthetic enamel paint of shade-Light gray
631 as per IS : 5
For the motors required to operate in acidic
and alkaline or any other corrosive
atmosphere, the motor components are
suitably treated to withstand corrosion due to
such atmosphere and are then painted with
Epoxy Base paint of colour Light Grey shade
631 as per IS 5. Any other shade can be given
on request.
ELECTRICAL FEATURES
Direction of Rotation
Motors are capable of rotating in either
direction except in 280/315 SPDP.Frame.2
pole Motors. To reverse the direction of
rotation interchanges any of two-phase
connect i on. For 2 pol e mot ors i n
280/315SPDP frame the direction of rotation
is to be specified at the time of ordering.
Motors may be provided with arrow plate to
indicate direction of rotation.
Starting Methods And Torque
DOL Starting: Direct connection to the
mains is the simplest method of starting for
squirrel cage motors. Normally, motors
Upto 2.2 Kw are started DOL, However all
our motors are capable of starting on DOL.
Star-Delta Starting The current impulse
caused during the DOL starting of motors of
higher ratings, lead to the drop in the voltage
of the system. In such cases the motors are
generally started by means of star-delta
starters, wherein the motor terminals get
connected in star at the time of starting
thereby reducing the starting current. When
the motor is accelerated to nearly 70 % of full
speed, the connections at the motor
terminals are changed to delta, for the normal
running of the motor on load SR Motors are
started with SR starters having resistance
banks matching with rotor current of the
motor. Star connected motor can have only
DOL starting.
Operating data for the motors being run by
star-delta starters.
Operating Data Starting on star Running on Delta
Supply Voltage 415 415
Voltage across each phase of 230 415
winding
Current in supply cable 1/ 3 1
Current in phase winding 1/ 3 1/ 3
Breakaway Torque (starting Torque) 1/3 of STT. When started on DOL ---------
Locked rotor current (starting current) 1/ 3 Isc when started on DOL
Permissible No of starts: 2 hot or 3 cold in succession or 4 equally spaced starts.
The number of starts takes into account: - Complete starts, inching & plug reversal
on the following basis.
th
One inching (an incomplete start in which Equivalent to 1/4 start.
motor speed do not cross 25% of rated speed)
In case of SR motors: One plug braking Equivalent to 80% of one start
(Reversal of any two phases till motor
reaches standstill)
One plug reversal (reversal of any two Equivalent to 1.8 starts.
phases, till motor picks up full speed
in reverse direction)
In case of SCR motors Equivalent to 3 starts.
One plug braking
One DC injection braking Equivalent to 2 starts.
One plug reversal Equivalent to 4 starts.
INSULATION CLASS
Standard Motors are provided with windings
having class F Insulation with maximum
permissible temperature rise limited to class
B insulation level. On request , motors are
provided with Class H insulation.
Table showing maximum temperature rise at
various ambient and the * Hot spot
temperature for the insulation system is
given below:
Motors required with higher starting i.e. (6,90,150,300,600 starts /hr) are suitable for intermittent periodic duties
*Hot spot Allowance is an empirical
value expressed in C, by which the
hottest spot of winding can exceed the
mean temperature rise of the winding.
EARTHING
Earthing pads are provided on the stator for
all frames. One no. M5 screw is provided on
either side for 63 80 Aluminum body motors.
Two numbers of M6 screws and washers are
provided for earthing on motor from frame 80
to 132, whereas M8 screws and washers are
provided for earthing in frame 160 to 225. For
Frames 250,280,315&355 Frames M12
screws are provided.
Additional earthing is provided inside the
terminal box (see terminal box details)
17 18
DUTY
The various operating cycles of driven
machines can be classified into nine basic
duties, ranging from S1 to S9 separately
indicated in the following pages. Suitable
motors can be offered to match the duty
cycles of the driven machines.
CLASSES OF DUTY
The following are the duty types:
S1 Continuous duty
S2 Short time duty
S3 Intermittent periodic duty
S4 Intermittent periodic duty with starting
S5 Intermittent periodic duty with starting
and braking
S6 Continuous duty with Intermittent
periodic loading
S7 Continuous duty with starting and
braking
S8 Continuous duty with periodic speed
charges
S9 Duty with Non-periodic load & speed
variations.
Continuous Duty (Duty type S1)
Operation at constant load of sufficient
duration till thermal equilibrium is reached.
Short Time Duty (Duty type S2)
Operation at constant load during a given
time, less than that required to reach thermal
equilibrium, followed by a rest of sufficient
durati on to re-establ i sh equal i ty of
temperature with the cooling medium.
The recommended values for the short time
duty are 10,30,60 and 90 minutes.
Intermittent Periodic Duty (Duty type S3)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of operation at
constant load and a rest period, these
periods being too short to attain thermal
equilibrium during one duty cycle. In this duty
type, the starting current does not
significantly affect the temperature-rise.
Unless otherwise specified, the duration of
the duty cycle is 10 minutes. The
recommended values for the load factor are
15,25,40 and 60 percent.
Intermittent Periodic Duty with Starting
(Duty type S4)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load and a rest period,
the operating and rest and de-energized
being too short to attain thermal equilibrium
during one duty cycle. In this duty the
stopping of the motor is obtained either by
natural decelaration after disconnection of
the electricity supply or by means of braking
such a mechanical brake which does not
cause additional heating of the windings
Intermittent Periodic Duty with Starting
and Braking (Duty type S5)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load, a period of
braking and a rest period. The operating and
de-energized periods being too short to
obtain thermal equilibrium during one duty
cycle
In this duty braking is rapid and is carried out
electrically.
Continuous Duty with Intermittent
Periodic Loading (Duty type S6)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of operation at
constant load and a period of operation at
no-load, machines with excited windings
having normal no load rated voltage
excitation. The operation and no-load
periods are too short to attain thermal
equilibrium during one duty cycle
Unless otherwise specified the duration of
the duty cycle is 10 minutes.
The recommended values of cyclic duration
factor are 15,25,40and 60 percent.
Continuous Duty with Starting and
Braking (Duty type S7)
A sequence of identical duty cycles each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load and a period of
electrical braking. There is no rest and de-
energized period.
Continuous Duty with Periodic Speed
Changes (Duty Type S8)
A sequence of identical duty cycles each
consists of a period of operation at constant
load corresponding to a determined speed
of rotation, followed immediately by a
period of operation of another load
corresponding to a different speed of
rotation (carried out, for example by means
of change of the number of poles in the
case of induction motors), the operating
periods being too short to attain equilibrium
during one duty cycle. There is no rest and
de energized period.
Duty with Non periodic Load and speed
Variation-( Duty Type S9)
A duty in which generally load and speed
are varying non-periodically within the
permissible operating range. This duty
includes frequently applied overloads that
may greatly exceed the full loads, for this
type, suitable load values should be taken
as the basis of the over load concept.
DESIGNATION
A duty type is designated by means of the
abbreviation given below, For the duty type
S2 the abbreviation is followed by an
indication of the duration of the duty , For
duty type S3 and S6 the abbreviation are
followed by an indication of the cyclic
duration factor .
Examples S2 60 minutes
S3 25 percent
S6 40 percent.
For the duty cycle S4 and S5 the
abbreviation are followed by the indication
of the cyclic duration factor, the number of
the duty cycles per hour (c/h) and the factor
of inertia (FI)
Example: S4 25 percent 120 c/h FI 2
Fro the duty type S7 the abbreviation is
followed by the indication of the number of
cycles per hour and the factor of inertia
Example: S7 500 c/h FI 2
For the duty type S8 and S9 the
abbreviation is followed by the
indication of the number of the duty
cycles per hour and the factor of inertia
together with the load , in addition, the
cyclic duration factor should be
indicated for each speed.
Example:
S8 or S9 30 c/h FI3 1.0 kW 740 rpm
40 percent
30 c/h FI3 4.0 kW 1460
rpm 60 percent
30 c/h FI3 2.5 kW 980 rpm
40 percent
Please refer to duty cycle diagram.
19 20
DUTY
The various operating cycles of driven
machines can be classified into nine basic
duties, ranging from S1 to S9 separately
indicated in the following pages. Suitable
motors can be offered to match the duty
cycles of the driven machines.
CLASSES OF DUTY
The following are the duty types:
S1 Continuous duty
S2 Short time duty
S3 Intermittent periodic duty
S4 Intermittent periodic duty with starting
S5 Intermittent periodic duty with starting
and braking
S6 Continuous duty with Intermittent
periodic loading
S7 Continuous duty with starting and
braking
S8 Continuous duty with periodic speed
charges
S9 Duty with Non-periodic load & speed
variations.
Continuous Duty (Duty type S1)
Operation at constant load of sufficient
duration till thermal equilibrium is reached.
Short Time Duty (Duty type S2)
Operation at constant load during a given
time, less than that required to reach thermal
equilibrium, followed by a rest of sufficient
durati on to re-establ i sh equal i ty of
temperature with the cooling medium.
The recommended values for the short time
duty are 10,30,60 and 90 minutes.
Intermittent Periodic Duty (Duty type S3)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of operation at
constant load and a rest period, these
periods being too short to attain thermal
equilibrium during one duty cycle. In this duty
type, the starting current does not
significantly affect the temperature-rise.
Unless otherwise specified, the duration of
the duty cycle is 10 minutes. The
recommended values for the load factor are
15,25,40 and 60 percent.
Intermittent Periodic Duty with Starting
(Duty type S4)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load and a rest period,
the operating and rest and de-energized
being too short to attain thermal equilibrium
during one duty cycle. In this duty the
stopping of the motor is obtained either by
natural decelaration after disconnection of
the electricity supply or by means of braking
such a mechanical brake which does not
cause additional heating of the windings
Intermittent Periodic Duty with Starting
and Braking (Duty type S5)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load, a period of
braking and a rest period. The operating and
de-energized periods being too short to
obtain thermal equilibrium during one duty
cycle
In this duty braking is rapid and is carried out
electrically.
Continuous Duty with Intermittent
Periodic Loading (Duty type S6)
A sequence of identical duty cycles, each
consisting of a period of operation at
constant load and a period of operation at
no-load, machines with excited windings
having normal no load rated voltage
excitation. The operation and no-load
periods are too short to attain thermal
equilibrium during one duty cycle
Unless otherwise specified the duration of
the duty cycle is 10 minutes.
The recommended values of cyclic duration
factor are 15,25,40and 60 percent.
Continuous Duty with Starting and
Braking (Duty type S7)
A sequence of identical duty cycles each
consisting of a period of starting, a period of
operation at constant load and a period of
electrical braking. There is no rest and de-
energized period.
Continuous Duty with Periodic Speed
Changes (Duty Type S8)
A sequence of identical duty cycles each
consists of a period of operation at constant
load corresponding to a determined speed
of rotation, followed immediately by a
period of operation of another load
corresponding to a different speed of
rotation (carried out, for example by means
of change of the number of poles in the
case of induction motors), the operating
periods being too short to attain equilibrium
during one duty cycle. There is no rest and
de energized period.
Duty with Non periodic Load and speed
Variation-( Duty Type S9)
A duty in which generally load and speed
are varying non-periodically within the
permissible operating range. This duty
includes frequently applied overloads that
may greatly exceed the full loads, for this
type, suitable load values should be taken
as the basis of the over load concept.
DESIGNATION
A duty type is designated by means of the
abbreviation given below, For the duty type
S2 the abbreviation is followed by an
indication of the duration of the duty , For
duty type S3 and S6 the abbreviation are
followed by an indication of the cyclic
duration factor .
Examples S2 60 minutes
S3 25 percent
S6 40 percent.
For the duty cycle S4 and S5 the
abbreviation are followed by the indication
of the cyclic duration factor, the number of
the duty cycles per hour (c/h) and the factor
of inertia (FI)
Example: S4 25 percent 120 c/h FI 2
Fro the duty type S7 the abbreviation is
followed by the indication of the number of
cycles per hour and the factor of inertia
Example: S7 500 c/h FI 2
For the duty type S8 and S9 the
abbreviation is followed by the
indication of the number of the duty
cycles per hour and the factor of inertia
together with the load , in addition, the
cyclic duration factor should be
indicated for each speed.
Example:
S8 or S9 30 c/h FI3 1.0 kW 740 rpm
40 percent
30 c/h FI3 4.0 kW 1460
rpm 60 percent
30 c/h FI3 2.5 kW 980 rpm
40 percent
Please refer to duty cycle diagram.
19 20
APPLICATION OF THE DUTY TYPE, RATED MOTORS
DUTY APPLICATION
S1 Pumps, blowers, Fans, Compressors
S2 Operation of gates of dams, sirens,
Capstan.
S3 Valve actuators, Wire drawing machine
S4 Hoists, Cranes, Lifts
S5 Hoists, Cranes, Rolling Mills
S6 Conveyors, Machine Tools
S7 Machine Tools
S8, S9 Special application where the motor is required to run at
different speeds and different loads.
S2/S3 DUTY RATED MOTOR OUTPUTS
Standard motors can be used for S2 and S3 duties with increased outputs , however , the
starting torque and pull out torque as percentage of full load torque would be reduced .The
ratings indicated in the table are with minimum 200 % pull out torque.
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLES
N
N
PERIOD OF CYCLE PERIOD OF CYCLE
PERIOD OF CYCLE
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
D N R
LOAD
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
LOSSES
LOSSES
LOSSES
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
TIME
TIME
TIME
TIME
FIG1.
FIG1.
FIG1.
FIG3.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
D = STARTING
D = STARTING
N = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
R = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR =
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR =
D + N
N
D + N + R
N + R
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
CONDITION
CONDITION
COTINUOUS DUTY, DUTY TYTE S1 SHORT TIME DUTY, DUTY TYTE S2
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY
WITH STARTING, DUTY TYPE S4
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY
DUTY TYPE S3
21 22
APPLICATION OF THE DUTY TYPE, RATED MOTORS
DUTY APPLICATION
S1 Pumps, blowers, Fans, Compressors
S2 Operation of gates of dams, sirens,
Capstan.
S3 Valve actuators, Wire drawing machine
S4 Hoists, Cranes, Lifts
S5 Hoists, Cranes, Rolling Mills
S6 Conveyors, Machine Tools
S7 Machine Tools
S8, S9 Special application where the motor is required to run at
different speeds and different loads.
S2/S3 DUTY RATED MOTOR OUTPUTS
Standard motors can be used for S2 and S3 duties with increased outputs , however , the
starting torque and pull out torque as percentage of full load torque would be reduced .The
ratings indicated in the table are with minimum 200 % pull out torque.
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLES
N
N
PERIOD OF CYCLE PERIOD OF CYCLE
PERIOD OF CYCLE
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
D N R
LOAD
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
LOSSES
LOSSES
LOSSES
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
TIME
TIME
TIME
TIME
FIG1.
FIG1.
FIG1.
FIG3.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
D = STARTING
D = STARTING
N = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
R = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR =
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR =
D + N
N
D + N + R
N + R
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
DUTY CYCLE
CONDITION
CONDITION
COTINUOUS DUTY, DUTY TYTE S1 SHORT TIME DUTY, DUTY TYTE S2
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY
WITH STARTING, DUTY TYPE S4
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY
DUTY TYPE S3
21 22
TIME
MAX
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
LOAD
TEMP
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
FIG.5
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
FIG.6
FIG.7 FIG.8
MAX
MAX
MAX
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLE
D = STARTING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY WITH
STARTING AND ELECTRIC BRAKING
DUTY TYPE S5
D = ACCELERATION
F1, F2 = ELETRIC BRAKING
N1, N2, N3 = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH PERIOD SPEED
CHANGES DUTY TYPE S5
D = STARTING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F = ELETRIC BRAKING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH STARTING AND
ELECTRIC BRAKE DUTY TYPE S5
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH INTERMITTENT
PERIODIC LOADING DUTY TYPE S6
D = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
Y = OPERATION ON NO LOAD
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = N
N+Y
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLES
DUTY WITH NON - PERIODIC LOAD AND SPEED VARIATIONS
DUTY TYPE S9
D L F R
S
SPEED
SPEED
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
TEMP.
Cp
TIME
D = STARTING
F = ELECTRIC BRAKING
S = OPERATION UNDER OVERLOAD
MAX = MAXIMUM TEMP. ATTAINED DURING DUTY CYCLE
L = OPERATION UNDER VARIOUS LOADS
R = AT REST AND DE-ENERGISED
Cp = FULL LOAD
23 24
TIME
MAX
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
LOAD
TEMP
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
FIG.5
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
TEMP.
TEMP.
TEMP.
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
PERIOD OF
ONE CYCLE
FIG.6
FIG.7 FIG.8
MAX
MAX
MAX
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLE
D = STARTING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F = AT REST & DE-ENERGISED
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
INTERMITTENT PERIODIC DUTY WITH
STARTING AND ELECTRIC BRAKING
DUTY TYPE S5
D = ACCELERATION
F1, F2 = ELETRIC BRAKING
N1, N2, N3 = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH PERIOD SPEED
CHANGES DUTY TYPE S5
D = STARTING
N = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
F = ELETRIC BRAKING
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = D+N+F
D+N+F+R
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH STARTING AND
ELECTRIC BRAKE DUTY TYPE S5
CONTINUOUS DUTY WITH INTERMITTENT
PERIODIC LOADING DUTY TYPE S6
D = OPERATION UNDER RATED CONDITION
Y = OPERATION ON NO LOAD
MAX. = MAX. TEMP. ATTAINED DURING THE DUTY CYCLE
CYCLIC DURATION FACTOR = N
N+Y
DIAGRAMS OF DUTY CYCLES
DUTY WITH NON - PERIODIC LOAD AND SPEED VARIATIONS
DUTY TYPE S9
D L F R
S
SPEED
SPEED
ELECTRIC
LOSSES
TEMP.
Cp
TIME
D = STARTING
F = ELECTRIC BRAKING
S = OPERATION UNDER OVERLOAD
MAX = MAXIMUM TEMP. ATTAINED DURING DUTY CYCLE
L = OPERATION UNDER VARIOUS LOADS
R = AT REST AND DE-ENERGISED
Cp = FULL LOAD
23 24
EFFECT OF VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF MOTOR
Characteristics Voltage Frequency
110% 90% 105% 95%
Torque
Starting & Maximum Increase 21% Decrease 19% Decrease 10% Increase 11%
Speed
Synchronous No Change No Change Increase 5% Decrease 5%
Full Load Increase 1% Decrease 1.5% Increase 5% Decrease 5%
Current
No Load Increase 10-15% Decrease 10-12% Decrease 5-6% Increase 5-6%
Starting Increase 10-12% Decrease 10-12% Decrease 5-6% Increase 5-6%
Full Load Decrease 7% Increase 11% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Temp. Rise Decrease 3-4% Increase 6-7% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Overload Capacity Increase 21% Decrease 19% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Magnetic Noise Slight Increase Slight Decrease Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Efficiency
Full Load Increase 0.5-1.0% Decrease 2% Slight Increase Slight Decrease
Power Factor Decrease 3% Increase 1% Slight Increase Slight Decrease
OVERLOAD
Standard motors are designed to withstand overload up to 1.6 times their rated torque for 15 Seconds without stalling
or abrupt change in speed at rated supply conditions.
RATED SPEED / SLIP
The rated speed at which the motor runs with rated load .The slip is the difference between the synchronous speed and the
rated speed of the motor expressed as a percentage of the synchronous speed.
Where synchronous speed Ns=120 x f/p
Where f= frequency of the supply system
And p= No. Of poles
Normally, for partial loads, slip varies proportionally with output.
RATED CURRENT
It is the current drawn by the motor when running with rated load and the rated supply conditions. The rated current given
in performance data are for 415v supply. For motors designed to suit other voltages, the rated current (approximate) is
given by
I = Vr / V X Ir
Where Ir = rated current at rated voltage Vr.
I = rated current at rated voltage V.
The current drawn by a motor varies with the load ,though no linear relationship exists.
LOCKED ROTOR CURRENT
(Starting Current)
This is the current drawn by the motor at
the time of starting when started on DOL. It
is expressed as % age of the rated current
of the motor.
The startng current varies proportionately
with voltage from its rated value within the
permissible limits.
SPEED TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS
If the voltage varies from its rated within the
permissible limits, the starting, pull-up and
pull-out torques vary as the square of the
voltage.
LOCKED ROTOR WITHSTAND AND TIME
(THERMAL WITHSTAND TIME)
It is the time taken by the motor windings or
rotor to reach the maximum limiting
temperature, during locked rotor condition,
depending upon class of insulation, from
either ambient temperature, or rated
service temperature.
FULL LOAD SPEED
FULL LOAD TORQUE
PULLOUT TORQUE
PULL UP
TORQUE
T
O
R
Q
U
E
SPEED
BREAKAWAY
TORQUE
25 26
EFFECT OF VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF MOTOR
Characteristics Voltage Frequency
110% 90% 105% 95%
Torque
Starting & Maximum Increase 21% Decrease 19% Decrease 10% Increase 11%
Speed
Synchronous No Change No Change Increase 5% Decrease 5%
Full Load Increase 1% Decrease 1.5% Increase 5% Decrease 5%
Current
No Load Increase 10-15% Decrease 10-12% Decrease 5-6% Increase 5-6%
Starting Increase 10-12% Decrease 10-12% Decrease 5-6% Increase 5-6%
Full Load Decrease 7% Increase 11% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Temp. Rise Decrease 3-4% Increase 6-7% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Overload Capacity Increase 21% Decrease 19% Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Magnetic Noise Slight Increase Slight Decrease Slight Decrease Slight Increase
Efficiency
Full Load Increase 0.5-1.0% Decrease 2% Slight Increase Slight Decrease
Power Factor Decrease 3% Increase 1% Slight Increase Slight Decrease
OVERLOAD
Standard motors are designed to withstand overload up to 1.6 times their rated torque for 15 Seconds without stalling
or abrupt change in speed at rated supply conditions.
RATED SPEED / SLIP
The rated speed at which the motor runs with rated load .The slip is the difference between the synchronous speed and the
rated speed of the motor expressed as a percentage of the synchronous speed.
Where synchronous speed Ns=120 x f/p
Where f= frequency of the supply system
And p= No. Of poles
Normally, for partial loads, slip varies proportionally with output.
RATED CURRENT
It is the current drawn by the motor when running with rated load and the rated supply conditions. The rated current given
in performance data are for 415v supply. For motors designed to suit other voltages, the rated current (approximate) is
given by
I = Vr / V X Ir
Where Ir = rated current at rated voltage Vr.
I = rated current at rated voltage V.
The current drawn by a motor varies with the load ,though no linear relationship exists.
LOCKED ROTOR CURRENT
(Starting Current)
This is the current drawn by the motor at
the time of starting when started on DOL. It
is expressed as % age of the rated current
of the motor.
The startng current varies proportionately
with voltage from its rated value within the
permissible limits.
SPEED TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS
If the voltage varies from its rated within the
permissible limits, the starting, pull-up and
pull-out torques vary as the square of the
voltage.
LOCKED ROTOR WITHSTAND AND TIME
(THERMAL WITHSTAND TIME)
It is the time taken by the motor windings or
rotor to reach the maximum limiting
temperature, during locked rotor condition,
depending upon class of insulation, from
either ambient temperature, or rated
service temperature.
FULL LOAD SPEED
FULL LOAD TORQUE
PULLOUT TORQUE
PULL UP
TORQUE
T
O
R
Q
U
E
SPEED
BREAKAWAY
TORQUE
25 26
Typical Speed Torque characteristics for few applications are shown below:
Speed Torque Characteristics
TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
A
X
I
A
L
&
M
I
X
E
D
F
L
O
W
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
1
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
H
A
M
M
E
R
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
2
5
-
5
0
P
U
L
P
G
R
I
N
D
E
R
I
R
=
1
-
5
B
A
L
L
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
4
.
5
-
6
A
G
I
T
A
T
O
R
I
R
=
2
-
4
R
E
C
I
P
R
O
C
A
T
I
V
E
P
U
M
P
A
N
D
V
A
C
C
U
M
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
1
0
S
C
R
E
W
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
1
-
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
2
I
R
=
3
-
6
0
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
B
L
O
W
E
R
B
L
O
W
E
R
S
(
P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
D
I
S
P
L
A
C
E
M
E
N
T
)
R
O
T
A
R
Y
I
R
=
2
-
1
0
C
O
N
V
E
Y
O
R
I
R
=
1
-
5
R
E
C
I
P
R
O
C
A
T
I
N
G
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
1
-
1
0
R
O
T
A
R
Y
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
S
C
R
E
W
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
-
2
5
C
O
N
E
C
R
U
S
H
E
R
I
R
=
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
E
(
E
X
T
R
A
C
T
O
R
)
I
R
=
2
0
-
1
0
0
R
O
L
L
/
J
A
M
C
R
U
S
H
E
R
I
R
=
2
-
5
0
R
E
-
R
O
L
L
I
N
G
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
2
IR=INERTIO RATIO
Note: These characteristics are exemplury and the values of Torque, Inertio Ratio etc.are
given based on experience of normal applications. These values should be verified in
actual before framing any refrence.
CALCULATION OF LOCKED ROTOR CALCULATION OF LOCKED ROTOR
WITHSTAND TIME FOR STATOR WITHSTAND TIME FOR ROTOR:
Limiting Temperature Limiting Temperature
0
Class B Insulation 185 For normal applications: 450
0
Class F Insulation 210
0
Class H Insulation 235
Locked rotor withstand time (cold) Locked Rotor Withstand time (cold)
=Limiting Temp. - Amb. Temp./ * x 0.85
2
= Limiting temp. -Amb Temp. / 0.0065 x 0.85 x j
Where * = (T st/ Tr) x P / (J x W )
2 2
& Locked rotor withstand time (hot)
2
= Limiting temp. - Max. Permissible Temp. /(0.0065 x 0.85x j ) Tst/ Tr = Starting torque to full load torque ratio
0
P = Specific heat of rotor conductors in Joules/kg / C
2
2
W = Weight of rotor conductors in kg.
Locked Rotor withstand (hot)
= (Limiting temp. permissible rotor temp.) / * x 0.85
Where j= Starting Current Density
& Max. Permissible Temp.
0
120 for Class B Insulation
0
140 for Class F Insulation
0
165 for Class H Insulation
Starting Time
It is the time taken by a motor to come to its rated speed, when connected to load.
Starting time depends upon:
2 2
I. Total Inertia of the system i.e. GD of load referred to motor shaft speed plus motor GD .
ii. Torque speed curve of the motor.
iii. Torque speed curve of the load
Starting time should be lower than thermal withstand time for safe operation of the motor
Calculation of starting time
The starting time can be calculated approximately by the following formulae
K x Total GD2
t =
a
Output x (K1-K2)
Where ta = acceleration time (staring time) in secs.
K = 24.66 for 2 pole (3000 synchronous RPM)
= 6.165 for 4 pole (1500 synchronous RPM)
= 2.74 for 6 pole (1000 synchronous RPM)
= 1.541 for 8 pole (750 synchronous RPM)
2 2 2 2
Total GD = GD of motor + GD of load in kgm
Output = Output of motor in kw
Breakaway torque
K1=
Full load torque
Load torque
K2 =
Full load torque
=0.3 for fans, blowers, pumps
=1.0 for other applications liker cranes, hoists, conveyors.
27 28
Typical Speed Torque characteristics for few applications are shown below:
Speed Torque Characteristics
TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
TORQUE
A
X
I
A
L
&
M
I
X
E
D
F
L
O
W
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
1
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
S
P
E
E
D
H
A
M
M
E
R
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
2
5
-
5
0
P
U
L
P
G
R
I
N
D
E
R
I
R
=
1
-
5
B
A
L
L
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
4
.
5
-
6
A
G
I
T
A
T
O
R
I
R
=
2
-
4
R
E
C
I
P
R
O
C
A
T
I
V
E
P
U
M
P
A
N
D
V
A
C
C
U
M
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
1
0
S
C
R
E
W
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
1
-
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
P
U
M
P
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
2
I
R
=
3
-
6
0
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
B
L
O
W
E
R
B
L
O
W
E
R
S
(
P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
D
I
S
P
L
A
C
E
M
E
N
T
)
R
O
T
A
R
Y
I
R
=
2
-
1
0
C
O
N
V
E
Y
O
R
I
R
=
1
-
5
R
E
C
I
P
R
O
C
A
T
I
N
G
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
1
-
1
0
R
O
T
A
R
Y
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
S
C
R
E
W
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
A
L
C
O
M
P
R
E
S
S
O
R
I
R
=
2
-
2
5
C
O
N
E
C
R
U
S
H
E
R
I
R
=
2
C
E
N
T
R
I
F
U
G
E
(
E
X
T
R
A
C
T
O
R
)
I
R
=
2
0
-
1
0
0
R
O
L
L
/
J
A
M
C
R
U
S
H
E
R
I
R
=
2
-
5
0
R
E
-
R
O
L
L
I
N
G
M
I
L
L
I
R
=
0
.
5
-
2
IR=INERTIO RATIO
Note: These characteristics are exemplury and the values of Torque, Inertio Ratio etc.are
given based on experience of normal applications. These values should be verified in
actual before framing any refrence.
CALCULATION OF LOCKED ROTOR CALCULATION OF LOCKED ROTOR
WITHSTAND TIME FOR STATOR WITHSTAND TIME FOR ROTOR:
Limiting Temperature Limiting Temperature
0
Class B Insulation 185 For normal applications: 450
0
Class F Insulation 210
0
Class H Insulation 235
Locked rotor withstand time (cold) Locked Rotor Withstand time (cold)
=Limiting Temp. - Amb. Temp./ * x 0.85
2
= Limiting temp. -Amb Temp. / 0.0065 x 0.85 x j
Where * = (T st/ Tr) x P / (J x W )
2 2
& Locked rotor withstand time (hot)
2
= Limiting temp. - Max. Permissible Temp. /(0.0065 x 0.85x j ) Tst/ Tr = Starting torque to full load torque ratio
0
P = Specific heat of rotor conductors in Joules/kg / C
2
2
W = Weight of rotor conductors in kg.
Locked Rotor withstand (hot)
= (Limiting temp. permissible rotor temp.) / * x 0.85
Where j= Starting Current Density
& Max. Permissible Temp.
0
120 for Class B Insulation
0
140 for Class F Insulation
0
165 for Class H Insulation
Starting Time
It is the time taken by a motor to come to its rated speed, when connected to load.
Starting time depends upon:
2 2
I. Total Inertia of the system i.e. GD of load referred to motor shaft speed plus motor GD .
ii. Torque speed curve of the motor.
iii. Torque speed curve of the load
Starting time should be lower than thermal withstand time for safe operation of the motor
Calculation of starting time
The starting time can be calculated approximately by the following formulae
K x Total GD2
t =
a
Output x (K1-K2)
Where ta = acceleration time (staring time) in secs.
K = 24.66 for 2 pole (3000 synchronous RPM)
= 6.165 for 4 pole (1500 synchronous RPM)
= 2.74 for 6 pole (1000 synchronous RPM)
= 1.541 for 8 pole (750 synchronous RPM)
2 2 2 2
Total GD = GD of motor + GD of load in kgm
Output = Output of motor in kw
Breakaway torque
K1=
Full load torque
Load torque
K2 =
Full load torque
=0.3 for fans, blowers, pumps
=1.0 for other applications liker cranes, hoists, conveyors.
27 28
Fan characteristics assumed, as load torque is proportional to square of speed.
The starting time can be more accurately determined by knowing the load torque speed curve
and superimposing it on the motor torque speed curve.
Example
Consider a 2.2 KW 6 pole motor in frame 112 M for driving centrifugal fan.
2 2 2 2
Motor GD = 0.048 kgm load GD = 4.0 kgm
Breakaway Torque of the motor =2.0 full load torque
The starting time would then be calculated as follows:
2
K x Total GD
ta =
Output (KW) x (K1-K2)
2.74 X (0.048 + 4.0)
=
2.2 X (2.0- 0.3)
= 2.895, say 2.9 seconds.
SR. ITEM TOLERENCE
NO.
1. EFFICIENCY
a. By summation of losses - 15 percent of (1-EFF)
Motors Upto 50 kw
Motors above 50 kw - 10 percent of (1-EFF)
b. By input output test - 15 percent of (1-EFF)
2. Power factor -1/6 of (1-cos ) min 0.02
And max 0.07
3. Slip at full load and working temp. +20 percent of guaranteed Slip.
4. Breakaway starting current of SCR induction motors with +20 percent of the guaranteed
short-circuited rotor and with any specified starting apparatus. Starting current (no lower limit)
5. Breakaway torque -15 percent to +25 proper cent of the
guaranteed torque (+25 percent may be
exceeded by agreement)
6. Pull out torque -10percent of the guaranteed torque
except that after allowing for this
tolerance the torque shall not be less
than 1.6 to 1.5 times the rated torque
GENRAL TOLERANCES ON ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE
(AS PER IS 325)
ACCESSORIES
When required, the accessories which are
provided with a motor, are thermisters, space
heaters, sockets for customer's cable etc.
compression glands; RTD and BTD for 280/315
motors.
THERMISTERS
These are semi conductor devices, which have a
property of suddenly changing their resistance at
a definite temperature known as 'curie point'.
Thermisters that may be provided on the motors
are those havi ng ' Posi ti ve Temperature
Coefficient' (PTC); where the resistance suddenly
increases at a 'Curie Point'. The thermisters
generally provided are at 130c (PTC 130) for
Class B temperature rise, 150C (PTC 150) For
class F motors.
A combination of different ratings of thermisters
can be provided in same motor for 'Alarm & Trip'
facilities for frame 160 and above only.
MODE OF ORERATION
Three thermisters connected in series are placed
inside each of the phase windings of the motor.
This gives protections against single phasing and
/or over heating due to excess load on the motor.
During normal operation the thermisters carry a
current of few mA, which is sufficient to actuate a
relay in control unit. This is in turn allows the
contactor operating coil to hold the starter in the
'Run position. If the winding of the motor heats up
to such an extent so as to bring the temperature of
the thermisters up to 'Curie point'. The increase in
the resistance causes the relay to open and the
contactor to disconnect the motor supply, # The
leads of thermistors are terminated in the auxiliary
terminal box for frames 200 & above.
# For frame AD 63 to AD 100L and D80 the
thermisters terminals are brought on the same
terminal block as that of main windings.
SPACE HEATERS
These are provided over the windings of the motor
.The main function of heaters, is to heat the
windings when motor is in idle condition or kept in
storage , in order to prevent moisture or dew
settling over the windings and thereby reducing
the insulation resistance CAUTION-Supply to the
heaters must be switched off before switching on
the motor. The motors are provided with space
heaters for frames 90 and above only of ratings
**40w, 50w, or 60w 240 V single phase depending
on the frame size. Like thermisters the space
heater leads are also brought in the main terminal
box up to frame 180 and in a separate auxiliary
terminal box for frames 200 and above.
** 25 W, 240 V for frames 90/132.
GUIDE FOR MOTOR PROTECTION- FUSE
RATINGS
In addition to the starters (DOL or Star / Delta)
being used to protect motors from overload and
under voltage, the motors are also to be provided
with back up fuse protections of suitable ratings
generally, depends upon the load characteristics
of the motors the fuse characteristics. The table
below gives general guidelines for selection of the
fuse ratings.
BACK-UP FUSE SELECTION CHART
* Average value for 6 & 8 pole motors
D.O.L STARTING OF MOTORS
MOTOR OUTPUT KW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 9.3 11 15 18.5 22 26 30 37 45 55 75 90
HP 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 125
FULLLOAD CURRENT A 1.0 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.7 4.8 7.8 11.2 15 18 21 27 33 39 47 53 65 78 96 131 156
OVERLOAD RELAY A 0.5-1 1-2 1-2 1.5-3 2-4 3-6 6-12 6-12 10-16 18-24 18-24 16-32 24-45 24-45 32-63 32-63 50-90 50-90 70-110 90-135 140-170
RANGE
RECOMMENDED
BACKUP PROTECTION A 4 6 6 6 10 16 16 25 25 32/35 32/35 50 63 63 80 100 100 160 160 200 250
FUSE RATING
STAR DELTA STARTING OF MOTORS
MOTOR OUTPUT KW 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 9.3 11 15 18.5 022 26 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
HP 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 180
FULL LOAD LINE A 4.8 7.8 11.2 15 18 21 27 33 39 47 53 65 78 96 137 156 185 220
CURRENT* - PHASE A 2.8 4.5 6.5 9 11 12.7 16.8 20.2 23.2 26.9 30.6 37.5 46.4 54.5 74 88 107 127
OVERLOAD RELAY A 3-6 6-12 6-12 10-16 18-24 18-24 16-32 24-45 24-45 32-63 32-63 50-90 50-90 70-110 90-135 140-170
RANGE
RECOMMENDED A 10 16 16 25 25 25 50 50 63 63 63 80 100 125 160 200 200 250
BACKUp PROTECTION
FUSE RATING
29 30
Fan characteristics assumed, as load torque is proportional to square of speed.
The starting time can be more accurately determined by knowing the load torque speed curve
and superimposing it on the motor torque speed curve.
Example
Consider a 2.2 KW 6 pole motor in frame 112 M for driving centrifugal fan.
2 2 2 2
Motor GD = 0.048 kgm load GD = 4.0 kgm
Breakaway Torque of the motor =2.0 full load torque
The starting time would then be calculated as follows:
2
K x Total GD
ta =
Output (KW) x (K1-K2)
2.74 X (0.048 + 4.0)
=
2.2 X (2.0- 0.3)
= 2.895, say 2.9 seconds.
SR. ITEM TOLERENCE
NO.
1. EFFICIENCY
a. By summation of losses - 15 percent of (1-EFF)
Motors Upto 50 kw
Motors above 50 kw - 10 percent of (1-EFF)
b. By input output test - 15 percent of (1-EFF)
2. Power factor -1/6 of (1-cos ) min 0.02
And max 0.07
3. Slip at full load and working temp. +20 percent of guaranteed Slip.
4. Breakaway starting current of SCR induction motors with +20 percent of the guaranteed
short-circuited rotor and with any specified starting apparatus. Starting current (no lower limit)
5. Breakaway torque -15 percent to +25 proper cent of the
guaranteed torque (+25 percent may be
exceeded by agreement)
6. Pull out torque -10percent of the guaranteed torque
except that after allowing for this
tolerance the torque shall not be less
than 1.6 to 1.5 times the rated torque
GENRAL TOLERANCES ON ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE
(AS PER IS 325)
ACCESSORIES
When required, the accessories which are
provided with a motor, are thermisters, space
heaters, sockets for customer's cable etc.
compression glands; RTD and BTD for 280/315
motors.
THERMISTERS
These are semi conductor devices, which have a
property of suddenly changing their resistance at
a definite temperature known as 'curie point'.
Thermisters that may be provided on the motors
are those havi ng ' Posi ti ve Temperature
Coefficient' (PTC); where the resistance suddenly
increases at a 'Curie Point'. The thermisters
generally provided are at 130c (PTC 130) for
Class B temperature rise, 150C (PTC 150) For
class F motors.
A combination of different ratings of thermisters
can be provided in same motor for 'Alarm & Trip'
facilities for frame 160 and above only.
MODE OF ORERATION
Three thermisters connected in series are placed
inside each of the phase windings of the motor.
This gives protections against single phasing and
/or over heating due to excess load on the motor.
During normal operation the thermisters carry a
current of few mA, which is sufficient to actuate a
relay in control unit. This is in turn allows the
contactor operating coil to hold the starter in the
'Run position. If the winding of the motor heats up
to such an extent so as to bring the temperature of
the thermisters up to 'Curie point'. The increase in
the resistance causes the relay to open and the
contactor to disconnect the motor supply, # The
leads of thermistors are terminated in the auxiliary
terminal box for frames 200 & above.
# For frame AD 63 to AD 100L and D80 the
thermisters terminals are brought on the same
terminal block as that of main windings.
SPACE HEATERS
These are provided over the windings of the motor
.The main function of heaters, is to heat the
windings when motor is in idle condition or kept in
storage , in order to prevent moisture or dew
settling over the windings and thereby reducing
the insulation resistance CAUTION-Supply to the
heaters must be switched off before switching on
the motor. The motors are provided with space
heaters for frames 90 and above only of ratings
**40w, 50w, or 60w 240 V single phase depending
on the frame size. Like thermisters the space
heater leads are also brought in the main terminal
box up to frame 180 and in a separate auxiliary
terminal box for frames 200 and above.
** 25 W, 240 V for frames 90/132.
GUIDE FOR MOTOR PROTECTION- FUSE
RATINGS
In addition to the starters (DOL or Star / Delta)
being used to protect motors from overload and
under voltage, the motors are also to be provided
with back up fuse protections of suitable ratings
generally, depends upon the load characteristics
of the motors the fuse characteristics. The table
below gives general guidelines for selection of the
fuse ratings.
BACK-UP FUSE SELECTION CHART
* Average value for 6 & 8 pole motors
D.O.L STARTING OF MOTORS
MOTOR OUTPUT KW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 9.3 11 15 18.5 22 26 30 37 45 55 75 90
HP 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 125
FULLLOAD CURRENT A 1.0 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.7 4.8 7.8 11.2 15 18 21 27 33 39 47 53 65 78 96 131 156
OVERLOAD RELAY A 0.5-1 1-2 1-2 1.5-3 2-4 3-6 6-12 6-12 10-16 18-24 18-24 16-32 24-45 24-45 32-63 32-63 50-90 50-90 70-110 90-135 140-170
RANGE
RECOMMENDED
BACKUP PROTECTION A 4 6 6 6 10 16 16 25 25 32/35 32/35 50 63 63 80 100 100 160 160 200 250
FUSE RATING
STAR DELTA STARTING OF MOTORS
MOTOR OUTPUT KW 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 9.3 11 15 18.5 022 26 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
HP 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 180
FULL LOAD LINE A 4.8 7.8 11.2 15 18 21 27 33 39 47 53 65 78 96 137 156 185 220
CURRENT* - PHASE A 2.8 4.5 6.5 9 11 12.7 16.8 20.2 23.2 26.9 30.6 37.5 46.4 54.5 74 88 107 127
OVERLOAD RELAY A 3-6 6-12 6-12 10-16 18-24 18-24 16-32 24-45 24-45 32-63 32-63 50-90 50-90 70-110 90-135 140-170
RANGE
RECOMMENDED A 10 16 16 25 25 25 50 50 63 63 63 80 100 125 160 200 200 250
BACKUp PROTECTION
FUSE RATING
29 30
Initial Correction to
Power
Factor 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.98 Unity
0.50 1.112 1.248 1.403 1.529 1.732
0.51 1.066 1.202 1.357 1.483 1.686
0.52 1.024 1.160 1.315 1.441 1.644
0.53 0.980 1.116 1.271 1.397 1.600
0.54 0.939 1.075 1.230 1.356 1.559
0.55 0.899 1.035 1.190 1.316 1.519
0.56 0.860 0.996 1.151 1.277 1.480
0.57 0.822 0.958 1.113 1.239 1.442
0.58 0.785 0.921 1.076 1.202 1.405
0.59 0.748 0.884 1.039 1.165 1.368
0.60 0.714 0.849 1.005 1.131 1.334
0.61 0.679 0.815 0.970 1.096 1.299
0.62 0.645 0.781 0.936 1.062 1.265
0.63 0.613 0.749 0.904 1.030 1.233
0.64 0.580 0.716 0.871 0.997 1.200
0.65 0.549 0.685 0.840 0.966 1.169
0.66 0.518 0.654 0.809 0.935 1.138
0.67 0.488 0.624 0.779 0.905 1.108
0.68 0.459 0.595 0.750 0.876 1.079
0.69 0.429 0.565 0.720 0.840 1.049
0.70 0.400 0.536 0.691 0.811 1.020
0.71 0.372 0.508 0.663 0.783 0.992
0.72 0.343 0.479 0.634 0.754 0.963
0.73 0.316 0.452 0.607 0.727 0.936
0.74 0.289 0.425 0.580 0.700 0.909
0.75 0.263 0.398 0.553 0.673 0.882
0.76 0.235 0.371 0.526 0.652 0.855
0.77 0.209 0.345 0.500 0.620 0.829
0.78 0.183 0.319 0.473 0.594 0.803
0.79 0.156 0.292 0.447 0.567 0.776
0.80 0.130 0.266 0.421 0.541 0.750
0.81 0.104 0.240 0.395 0.515 0.724
0.82 0.078 0.214 0.369 0.489 0.698
0.83 0.052 0.188 0.343 0.463 0.672
0.84 0.026 0.162 0.317 0.437 0.645
0.85 - 0.136 0.291 0.417 0.620
` 0.86 - 0.109 0.264 0.390 0.593
0.87 - 0.083 0.238 0.364 0.567
0.88 - 0.054 0.209 0.335 0.538
0.89 - 0.028 0.183 0.309 0.512
0.90 - - 0.155 0.281 0.484
Example: Initial Power Factor: 0.76
Correction Desired: 0.9.
Capacitor KVAR required per KW load from chart: 0.371
Load (e.g. from meter reading): 140KW
Capacitor KVAR required: 0.37*140 =51.8 KVAR =50 KVAR.
Power Factor Improvement Chart
Ratings of capacitors in KVAR required for given degree of power factor correction per kW of load
INITIAL POWER FACTOR V/S KVAR OF CAPACITOR
Operating Co A S2 S3 S4-S9
Operating Co B 60Min 30Min 10Min 60% DF 40%DF 25%DF
110% 120% 130% 110% 110% 130% Special
100% 115% 120% 100% 105% 120% Design
Required
% Unbalance 1% 2% 3% 4% 5%
A 100% 100% 95% 82.5% 75%
B 100% 95% 90% 78% 70%
0 0 0 0 0 0
Ambient Temp. 40 45 50 55 60 65
A 100% 100% 93.3% 86.7% 80% 73%
B 100% 100% 92% 85% 78% 70.5%
TEFC MOTORS
DERATING FACTORS: The deration factors applicable under different condition are given below:
Operating conditions:
A: 415 V +/- 6%, 50Hz +/-3%
B: 415V +/-10%, 50Hz +/- 5%
Table A: permissible output as % of standard output for different Ambient temperatures
* Standard motors for above permissible output will have starting and breakdown torque proportionately reduced as
% of FLT, hence these will be suitable only for application requiring low starting torque and are to be started Direct-
On-Line.
NOTE: When motor is subjected to two or more variations in above mentioned conditions, then all the appropriate
factors are to be multiplied to arrive at permissible output
Altitude in Mtrs
Above MSL 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
A 100% 98% 93% 87% 82% 78% 73%
B 100% 95% 90% 84% 78% 75% 70%
Table B: Permissible output as % of standard output at different altitude
Table C: Permissible output as % of standard output for different % of unbalance in Voltage
Mean voltage 100% 90% 85% 80% 70%
40'Ambient100% 100% 90% 85% 75%
45'Ambient100% 90% 85% 80% 70%
Table D: Permissible output as % of standard output at different mean voltage
Table E: Permissible output as % of standard output * for different duties
31 32
Initial Correction to
Power
Factor 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.98 Unity
0.50 1.112 1.248 1.403 1.529 1.732
0.51 1.066 1.202 1.357 1.483 1.686
0.52 1.024 1.160 1.315 1.441 1.644
0.53 0.980 1.116 1.271 1.397 1.600
0.54 0.939 1.075 1.230 1.356 1.559
0.55 0.899 1.035 1.190 1.316 1.519
0.56 0.860 0.996 1.151 1.277 1.480
0.57 0.822 0.958 1.113 1.239 1.442
0.58 0.785 0.921 1.076 1.202 1.405
0.59 0.748 0.884 1.039 1.165 1.368
0.60 0.714 0.849 1.005 1.131 1.334
0.61 0.679 0.815 0.970 1.096 1.299
0.62 0.645 0.781 0.936 1.062 1.265
0.63 0.613 0.749 0.904 1.030 1.233
0.64 0.580 0.716 0.871 0.997 1.200
0.65 0.549 0.685 0.840 0.966 1.169
0.66 0.518 0.654 0.809 0.935 1.138
0.67 0.488 0.624 0.779 0.905 1.108
0.68 0.459 0.595 0.750 0.876 1.079
0.69 0.429 0.565 0.720 0.840 1.049
0.70 0.400 0.536 0.691 0.811 1.020
0.71 0.372 0.508 0.663 0.783 0.992
0.72 0.343 0.479 0.634 0.754 0.963
0.73 0.316 0.452 0.607 0.727 0.936
0.74 0.289 0.425 0.580 0.700 0.909
0.75 0.263 0.398 0.553 0.673 0.882
0.76 0.235 0.371 0.526 0.652 0.855
0.77 0.209 0.345 0.500 0.620 0.829
0.78 0.183 0.319 0.473 0.594 0.803
0.79 0.156 0.292 0.447 0.567 0.776
0.80 0.130 0.266 0.421 0.541 0.750
0.81 0.104 0.240 0.395 0.515 0.724
0.82 0.078 0.214 0.369 0.489 0.698
0.83 0.052 0.188 0.343 0.463 0.672
0.84 0.026 0.162 0.317 0.437 0.645
0.85 - 0.136 0.291 0.417 0.620
` 0.86 - 0.109 0.264 0.390 0.593
0.87 - 0.083 0.238 0.364 0.567
0.88 - 0.054 0.209 0.335 0.538
0.89 - 0.028 0.183 0.309 0.512
0.90 - - 0.155 0.281 0.484
Example: Initial Power Factor: 0.76
Correction Desired: 0.9.
Capacitor KVAR required per KW load from chart: 0.371
Load (e.g. from meter reading): 140KW
Capacitor KVAR required: 0.37*140 =51.8 KVAR =50 KVAR.
Power Factor Improvement Chart
Ratings of capacitors in KVAR required for given degree of power factor correction per kW of load
INITIAL POWER FACTOR V/S KVAR OF CAPACITOR
Operating Co A S2 S3 S4-S9
Operating Co B 60Min 30Min 10Min 60% DF 40%DF 25%DF
110% 120% 130% 110% 110% 130% Special
100% 115% 120% 100% 105% 120% Design
Required
% Unbalance 1% 2% 3% 4% 5%
A 100% 100% 95% 82.5% 75%
B 100% 95% 90% 78% 70%
0 0 0 0 0 0
Ambient Temp. 40 45 50 55 60 65
A 100% 100% 93.3% 86.7% 80% 73%
B 100% 100% 92% 85% 78% 70.5%
TEFC MOTORS
DERATING FACTORS: The deration factors applicable under different condition are given below:
Operating conditions:
A: 415 V +/- 6%, 50Hz +/-3%
B: 415V +/-10%, 50Hz +/- 5%
Table A: permissible output as % of standard output for different Ambient temperatures
* Standard motors for above permissible output will have starting and breakdown torque proportionately reduced as
% of FLT, hence these will be suitable only for application requiring low starting torque and are to be started Direct-
On-Line.
NOTE: When motor is subjected to two or more variations in above mentioned conditions, then all the appropriate
factors are to be multiplied to arrive at permissible output
Altitude in Mtrs
Above MSL 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
A 100% 98% 93% 87% 82% 78% 73%
B 100% 95% 90% 84% 78% 75% 70%
Table B: Permissible output as % of standard output at different altitude
Table C: Permissible output as % of standard output for different % of unbalance in Voltage
Mean voltage 100% 90% 85% 80% 70%
40'Ambient100% 100% 90% 85% 75%
45'Ambient100% 90% 85% 80% 70%
Table D: Permissible output as % of standard output at different mean voltage
Table E: Permissible output as % of standard output * for different duties
31 32
THERMAL WITHSTAND TIME
(OF STANDARD TEFC MOTORS OPERATING AT RATED VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY)
POLE 2 4 6 8
FRAME Hot Cold Hot Cold Hot Cold Hot Cold
63 10 20 15 30 . - - -
71 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
80 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
90 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
100 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
112 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
132 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
160 10 22 10 22 10 22 10 22
180 10 22 10 22 10 22 10 22
200 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
225 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
250 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
280 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
315 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
355 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
Cold - Ambient Temp. 45 C
Hot - Max. permissible Temp. 120 C
Limiting Temprature - upto 185C for class "B" Insulation
upto 210C for class "F" Insulation
TOTALLY ENCLOSED SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
AIR STREAM RATED MOTORS
These are totally enclosed motors without normal fan of TEFC motors. The applications of these motors are for fans,
blowers, exhausts etc. Wherein the fan or impellers acting as load suck air from DE or NDE, that flows over the motor body.
This air provides the cooling for the motors. Hence, it is necessary that the velocity of the air flowing over the motor should
not fall below the velocity of air due to normal fan of a TEFC motor. The minimum air velocity is given in the table below.
OUTPUT VS. AVERAGE AIR VELOCITY
FRAME 2 POLE 4 POLE 6POLE 8POLE
SIZE KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY
O/P (AV) M/S O/P (AV) M/S O/P (AV) M/S (AV) M/S
80 .75 10 .75 7.5 .55 6.5 .37 5.0
90 2.2 12.5 1.5 9 1.1 7.5 .55 6
100 3.7 15 2.2 10 1.5 8 1.1 7
112 5.5 16.5 3.7 11 2.2 9 1.5 7.5
132 9.3 18 7.5 12 5.5 9.5 3.7 8
160 18.5 19 15 12.5 11 10.5 7.5 8.5
180 22 20 22 13.5 15 11 11 9
200 37 21 30 14 22 11.5 15 9.5
225 45 22 45 14.5 30 12 22 10
250 55 23 55 15 37 12.5 30 10.5
NON-VENTILTED MOTORS
These are totally enclosed motors, where the heat generated is dissipated by the body alone, with no provision for cooling.
As these motors are naturally cooled, the ratings are required to be offered in higher frames.
MULTI-SPEED MOTORS
Table one indicates ratings of Multispeed motors for polarity ratio of 2/4p, 4/6p, 4/8p, 6/8p, and 6/12p. These are of tapped
or PAM winding construction. For other ratios, please refer to us. Also three speed and four speed motors are offered as
per customer's requirement.
The frame/output relationship in table one is confirmed subject to knowing
a. Complete application details.
b. Duty cycle/loading cycle
c. Method of braking
2
d. Load GD referred to motor speed.
Motors required for Multispeed/two speed operations are designed with two types of winding techniques
1. Tapped winding (also called Dahlander winding) where the two speeds are in ratio of 2:1
2. Separate windings one for each speed, when the output speeds are other than 2:1 ratio. The latter results in
considerable reduction in HP output.
Note: Motors will be suitable for DOL Starting only.
33 34
THERMAL WITHSTAND TIME
(OF STANDARD TEFC MOTORS OPERATING AT RATED VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY)
POLE 2 4 6 8
FRAME Hot Cold Hot Cold Hot Cold Hot Cold
63 10 20 15 30 . - - -
71 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
80 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
90 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 30
100 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
112 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
132 8 16 8 16 10 20 10 20
160 10 22 10 22 10 22 10 22
180 10 22 10 22 10 22 10 22
200 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
225 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
250 12 27 12 27 12 27 12 27
280 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
315 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
355 15 33 15 33 15 33 15 33
Cold - Ambient Temp. 45 C
Hot - Max. permissible Temp. 120 C
Limiting Temprature - upto 185C for class "B" Insulation
upto 210C for class "F" Insulation
TOTALLY ENCLOSED SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
AIR STREAM RATED MOTORS
These are totally enclosed motors without normal fan of TEFC motors. The applications of these motors are for fans,
blowers, exhausts etc. Wherein the fan or impellers acting as load suck air from DE or NDE, that flows over the motor body.
This air provides the cooling for the motors. Hence, it is necessary that the velocity of the air flowing over the motor should
not fall below the velocity of air due to normal fan of a TEFC motor. The minimum air velocity is given in the table below.
OUTPUT VS. AVERAGE AIR VELOCITY
FRAME 2 POLE 4 POLE 6POLE 8POLE
SIZE KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY KW AIR VELOCITY
O/P (AV) M/S O/P (AV) M/S O/P (AV) M/S (AV) M/S
80 .75 10 .75 7.5 .55 6.5 .37 5.0
90 2.2 12.5 1.5 9 1.1 7.5 .55 6
100 3.7 15 2.2 10 1.5 8 1.1 7
112 5.5 16.5 3.7 11 2.2 9 1.5 7.5
132 9.3 18 7.5 12 5.5 9.5 3.7 8
160 18.5 19 15 12.5 11 10.5 7.5 8.5
180 22 20 22 13.5 15 11 11 9
200 37 21 30 14 22 11.5 15 9.5
225 45 22 45 14.5 30 12 22 10
250 55 23 55 15 37 12.5 30 10.5
NON-VENTILTED MOTORS
These are totally enclosed motors, where the heat generated is dissipated by the body alone, with no provision for cooling.
As these motors are naturally cooled, the ratings are required to be offered in higher frames.
MULTI-SPEED MOTORS
Table one indicates ratings of Multispeed motors for polarity ratio of 2/4p, 4/6p, 4/8p, 6/8p, and 6/12p. These are of tapped
or PAM winding construction. For other ratios, please refer to us. Also three speed and four speed motors are offered as
per customer's requirement.
The frame/output relationship in table one is confirmed subject to knowing
a. Complete application details.
b. Duty cycle/loading cycle
c. Method of braking
2
d. Load GD referred to motor speed.
Motors required for Multispeed/two speed operations are designed with two types of winding techniques
1. Tapped winding (also called Dahlander winding) where the two speeds are in ratio of 2:1
2. Separate windings one for each speed, when the output speeds are other than 2:1 ratio. The latter results in
considerable reduction in HP output.
Note: Motors will be suitable for DOL Starting only.
33 34
DUAL SPEED MOTORS
(FRAME V/S k W OUTPUT) (Single winding)
CONSTANT TORQUE APPLICATION
FRAME 2/4 4/6 4/8 6/8 6/12
ND90S** 0.9/0.45 0.37/0.25 0.37/0.19 --- ---
ND90L** 1.2/0.6 0.75/0.55 0.55/0.28 --- ---
ND100L 2.4/1.2 1.1/0.82 1.1/0.55 --- ---
ND112M 3.7/1.86 2.2/1.6 1.94/0.97 --- ---
ND132S 5.2/2.6 3.7/2.5 3.0/1.5 --- ---
ND132M 6.0/3.0 5.5/4.1 4.5/2.2 --- ---
ND160M 11.0/7.5 7.5/5.5 7.5/3.7 5.5/3.7 ---
ND160L 15.0/11.0 11.0/7.5 11.0/5.5 7.5/5.5 ---
ND180M 18.5/15.0 13.0/9.3 12.5/6.3 9.3/6.3 ---
ND180L 20.0/17.0 15.0/11.0 15.0/7.5 11.0/7.5 ---
ND200L 26.0/22.0 22.0/17.0 22.0/11.0 15.0/11.0 ---
ND225S 30.0/26.0 27.5/18.5 27.5/13.8 18.5/13.8 ---
ND225M 37.0/33.5 33.5/22.0 33.5/16.8 22.0/16.8 ---
ND250M 52.0/41.0 45.0/30.0 45.0/22.0 30.0/22.0 ---
ND280S --- * 45/37 --- ---
ND280M --- 45/30 55/28 --- ---
ND315S --- 55/37 75/25 --- ---
ND315M --- * 75/45 --- ---
ND315L --- 132/90 132/67
110/55 --- ---
** For 4 / 8 pole Frames will be D90S/L
- For ratings marked as *, refer to Division
DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS
Motors can be offered for dual voltage operation. Such motors are so designed that they work satisfactorily on
both the voltages, but motor may not give optimum performance at both the voltage
Two kinds of dual voltage motors are offered.
Motors operating at voltages in a ratio of 1: 1.73 or 3
Entire range of motors can be suitably wound to operate in such voltage combinations. This method is also known as
Delta-Star reconnections. Motor is DELTA connected at lower voltage and STAR connected at higher voltage. 6 lead
terminal blocks is fitted and suitable connecting links are provided (if required). These motors are suitable for standard
supply variations.
Example:
A motor designed for 380V operation (STAR connection) can also be run with 220V supply (MESH connection)
380
---- =1.73
220
Hence merely by changing the position of connecting links, dual voltage operation can be achieved Alternatively this can
also be performed with the help of a suitable starter.
Motors operating on voltage in a ratio of 1: 2
This phenomenon involves Series Parallel connections in the windings. Motors are DELTA wound at both the voltages.
Such motors have 9 leads (for DOL starting at both voltages) coming out from stator windings.
Slipring motors and Multispeed cannot be offered for dual voltage operations.
Flameproof motors are generally not offered with series parallel reconnection because of limitations of terminal studs
inside the terminal box. However specific cases may be sent to Division for scrutinisation.
35 36
DUAL SPEED MOTORS
(FRAME V/S k W OUTPUT) (Single winding)
CONSTANT TORQUE APPLICATION
FRAME 2/4 4/6 4/8 6/8 6/12
ND90S** 0.9/0.45 0.37/0.25 0.37/0.19 --- ---
ND90L** 1.2/0.6 0.75/0.55 0.55/0.28 --- ---
ND100L 2.4/1.2 1.1/0.82 1.1/0.55 --- ---
ND112M 3.7/1.86 2.2/1.6 1.94/0.97 --- ---
ND132S 5.2/2.6 3.7/2.5 3.0/1.5 --- ---
ND132M 6.0/3.0 5.5/4.1 4.5/2.2 --- ---
ND160M 11.0/7.5 7.5/5.5 7.5/3.7 5.5/3.7 ---
ND160L 15.0/11.0 11.0/7.5 11.0/5.5 7.5/5.5 ---
ND180M 18.5/15.0 13.0/9.3 12.5/6.3 9.3/6.3 ---
ND180L 20.0/17.0 15.0/11.0 15.0/7.5 11.0/7.5 ---
ND200L 26.0/22.0 22.0/17.0 22.0/11.0 15.0/11.0 ---
ND225S 30.0/26.0 27.5/18.5 27.5/13.8 18.5/13.8 ---
ND225M 37.0/33.5 33.5/22.0 33.5/16.8 22.0/16.8 ---
ND250M 52.0/41.0 45.0/30.0 45.0/22.0 30.0/22.0 ---
ND280S --- * 45/37 --- ---
ND280M --- 45/30 55/28 --- ---
ND315S --- 55/37 75/25 --- ---
ND315M --- * 75/45 --- ---
ND315L --- 132/90 132/67
110/55 --- ---
** For 4 / 8 pole Frames will be D90S/L
- For ratings marked as *, refer to Division
DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS
Motors can be offered for dual voltage operation. Such motors are so designed that they work satisfactorily on
both the voltages, but motor may not give optimum performance at both the voltage
Two kinds of dual voltage motors are offered.
Motors operating at voltages in a ratio of 1: 1.73 or 3
Entire range of motors can be suitably wound to operate in such voltage combinations. This method is also known as
Delta-Star reconnections. Motor is DELTA connected at lower voltage and STAR connected at higher voltage. 6 lead
terminal blocks is fitted and suitable connecting links are provided (if required). These motors are suitable for standard
supply variations.
Example:
A motor designed for 380V operation (STAR connection) can also be run with 220V supply (MESH connection)
380
---- =1.73
220
Hence merely by changing the position of connecting links, dual voltage operation can be achieved Alternatively this can
also be performed with the help of a suitable starter.
Motors operating on voltage in a ratio of 1: 2
This phenomenon involves Series Parallel connections in the windings. Motors are DELTA wound at both the voltages.
Such motors have 9 leads (for DOL starting at both voltages) coming out from stator windings.
Slipring motors and Multispeed cannot be offered for dual voltage operations.
Flameproof motors are generally not offered with series parallel reconnection because of limitations of terminal studs
inside the terminal box. However specific cases may be sent to Division for scrutinisation.
35 36
MOTORS FOR VARIOUS APPLICATIONS
Sector Type of motor Name of Major Customer
Textile Ring Frame Doublers MMC, Texmaco, MEI, Garden Engg.
Blower Room, Speed Cimmco, Dornier
Frames, Ginning
Pneumafils New Standard Engg., Lohia Starlinger
Cards, Loom, Winding Machines
M/C Tools M/C Tool Applications HMT, GSMTC, Batliboi
Compressor Ingersoll Rand, CP Tools, Voltas, KG Khosla,
Atlas Copco, Blue Star, Alfa Laval, KPOC,
ELGI
Ventilator & Flakt India, Blue Star Air Conditioning
Allied Corporation, PaharpurCooling Towers,
Equipment Voltas
Pump KSB Pumps, BPCL, Beacon Weir, Khimline
Pumps, GCCO, Kirloskar Ebbara
Marine Marine Duty, Shock Grade Mazagaon Dock, Flakt, BEST & Crompton
GRSE, Goa Shipyard, BE Pumps, Alekton
Material Conveyor Crane/Host Khandelwal Uduog. L & T Menally & Bharat,
Handling Elecon Engg, Greaves Chitram, Rewa Engg
Lift City Lift. ECE, Otis Elevators, Kumar
Elevators
Gear Motor Power Build, New Allenburry Works,
Esstential Power Transmission
Railway Blower, Auxiillary Motors CLW, ELGI, ACCEL, FLAKT
for compressor exhaust
Power NPTC, DCL, BHEL, DEESEIN, MSSB,
INDURE, GEB, TNBB, PSEB, WBSEB,
RAPP KPCL, NPC, DPG.
Chemical Orissa Synthetics, Punjab Polyfibres, JK
Synthetics, Mc Dowel (Hindustan Polymers)
GACL, UPL
Petrochemicals IOCL, IPCL, ONGC Manali Petorchemical,
MRPL, SPIC
Fertilisers RCF, FACT, GNFC, GSFC, NFL, IFFCO
Cement L & T, Indian Rayon, Vikram Cement, Rajashree
Cement, Grasim Industries, Gujrat Himalaya
Gujrat Ambuja.
Shipyard Goa Shipyard, GRSE, Mazgoan Docks, Hindustan
Shipyard, Cochin Shipyard.
Steel Plant Vizag Steel Plant, Bokaro Steel Plant, Bhilai
Steel Plant, TISCO, Rurkela
TESTING OF MOTORS
All motors are tested in accordance with IS
325.
TYPE TESTS
The following tests are carried out on one
motor in a batch production or on motors
specially required to be type tested as per
customer's requirement. All tests included in
routine tests and following additional tests
are carried on the motor.
a. Measurement of stator resistance
b. No Load Test
c. Locked rotor test at rated voltage and
measurement of current, power input and
torque of motors.
d. Full load reading of voltage, current,
power input and slip.
e. Temperature rise test The temperature
rise of the motor after being run on full
load till steady state is reached is
determined by
i. Thermometer method
ii. By resistance method
f. Momentary overload test
g. Insulation resistance test
h. High voltage test
ROUTINE TESTS
The following are the routine tests carried out
on each and every motor.
a. Measurement of resistance
b. Insulation resistance test.
c. Motors are tested at 1/3 times the rated
voltage for checking the ability of the
motor to run up to the full speed, when
switched in either direction.
d. No load test. This test is carried out at
rated voltage and the readings for
current, RPM & power input are noted.
e. Locked rotor test This test is carried at a
reduced voltage by passing the full load
current and the readings for current and
power input are noted.
f. High voltage test
NOTE: The meters used for noting the above
readings have class 0.5 class accuracy.
OTHER TESTS
Apart from the above tests mentioned in the
Indian Standards, following additional tests
can be offered.
a. Over speed test Running of motor at 1.2
times the maximum rated speed for 2
Mins at no load.
b. Vibration test Carried out as per IS
:12075
c. Noise level of the motors measured as
per IS:12065
d. Test for degree of protection as proper IS
nd
4691(2 numeral only)
37 38
MOTORS FOR VARIOUS APPLICATIONS
Sector Type of motor Name of Major Customer
Textile Ring Frame Doublers MMC, Texmaco, MEI, Garden Engg.
Blower Room, Speed Cimmco, Dornier
Frames, Ginning
Pneumafils New Standard Engg., Lohia Starlinger
Cards, Loom, Winding Machines
M/C Tools M/C Tool Applications HMT, GSMTC, Batliboi
Compressor Ingersoll Rand, CP Tools, Voltas, KG Khosla,
Atlas Copco, Blue Star, Alfa Laval, KPOC,
ELGI
Ventilator & Flakt India, Blue Star Air Conditioning
Allied Corporation, PaharpurCooling Towers,
Equipment Voltas
Pump KSB Pumps, BPCL, Beacon Weir, Khimline
Pumps, GCCO, Kirloskar Ebbara
Marine Marine Duty, Shock Grade Mazagaon Dock, Flakt, BEST & Crompton
GRSE, Goa Shipyard, BE Pumps, Alekton
Material Conveyor Crane/Host Khandelwal Uduog. L & T Menally & Bharat,
Handling Elecon Engg, Greaves Chitram, Rewa Engg
Lift City Lift. ECE, Otis Elevators, Kumar
Elevators
Gear Motor Power Build, New Allenburry Works,
Esstential Power Transmission
Railway Blower, Auxiillary Motors CLW, ELGI, ACCEL, FLAKT
for compressor exhaust
Power NPTC, DCL, BHEL, DEESEIN, MSSB,
INDURE, GEB, TNBB, PSEB, WBSEB,
RAPP KPCL, NPC, DPG.
Chemical Orissa Synthetics, Punjab Polyfibres, JK
Synthetics, Mc Dowel (Hindustan Polymers)
GACL, UPL
Petrochemicals IOCL, IPCL, ONGC Manali Petorchemical,
MRPL, SPIC
Fertilisers RCF, FACT, GNFC, GSFC, NFL, IFFCO
Cement L & T, Indian Rayon, Vikram Cement, Rajashree
Cement, Grasim Industries, Gujrat Himalaya
Gujrat Ambuja.
Shipyard Goa Shipyard, GRSE, Mazgoan Docks, Hindustan
Shipyard, Cochin Shipyard.
Steel Plant Vizag Steel Plant, Bokaro Steel Plant, Bhilai
Steel Plant, TISCO, Rurkela
TESTING OF MOTORS
All motors are tested in accordance with IS
325.
TYPE TESTS
The following tests are carried out on one
motor in a batch production or on motors
specially required to be type tested as per
customer's requirement. All tests included in
routine tests and following additional tests
are carried on the motor.
a. Measurement of stator resistance
b. No Load Test
c. Locked rotor test at rated voltage and
measurement of current, power input and
torque of motors.
d. Full load reading of voltage, current,
power input and slip.
e. Temperature rise test The temperature
rise of the motor after being run on full
load till steady state is reached is
determined by
i. Thermometer method
ii. By resistance method
f. Momentary overload test
g. Insulation resistance test
h. High voltage test
ROUTINE TESTS
The following are the routine tests carried out
on each and every motor.
a. Measurement of resistance
b. Insulation resistance test.
c. Motors are tested at 1/3 times the rated
voltage for checking the ability of the
motor to run up to the full speed, when
switched in either direction.
d. No load test. This test is carried out at
rated voltage and the readings for
current, RPM & power input are noted.
e. Locked rotor test This test is carried at a
reduced voltage by passing the full load
current and the readings for current and
power input are noted.
f. High voltage test
NOTE: The meters used for noting the above
readings have class 0.5 class accuracy.
OTHER TESTS
Apart from the above tests mentioned in the
Indian Standards, following additional tests
can be offered.
a. Over speed test Running of motor at 1.2
times the maximum rated speed for 2
Mins at no load.
b. Vibration test Carried out as per IS
:12075
c. Noise level of the motors measured as
per IS:12065
d. Test for degree of protection as proper IS
nd
4691(2 numeral only)
37 38
ORDERING INFORMATION
At the time of sending an enquiry or placing an order, kindly furnish Following data (as much as possible)
CUSTOMER
1 FRAME SIZE
2 APPLICATION
3 ZONE/DIV (IN CASE HAZARDOUS AREA)
4 ENCLOUSURE GROUP (FOR TYPE Ed)
5 TEMP CLASS (FOR TYPE e/n/d)
6 ANY SPECIFIC STATUTORY
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
7 REFERENCE TO INDIAN / IS:325 IS:2148 IS:6381 IF OTHER
INTERNATIONAL STD. IS:9628 IS:7389 SPECIFY
8 ANY CUST /CONSULTANT SPECS.
9 TYPE OF ENCLOSURE TEDC SPDP/DV TYPE d IF OTHER
TYPE p TYPE e TYPE n SPECIFY
10 TYPE OF ROTOR SCR SR: WIRE IF OTHER
BAR SPECIFY
11 TYPE OF DUTY S1 S2 S3 S4 IF OTHER
S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 SPECIFY
12 % CDF
13 NO.OF STARTS/HR
14 TYPE OF BRAKING /NO.OF. REVERSAL
2 2
15 LOAD GD (IF > MOTOR GD
16 DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP54 IP55 IP21 IF OTHER SPECIFY
IP21 IP21
17 METHOD OF COOLING FAN NATURAL BLOWER IF OTHER SPPECIFY
AIR STREAM
18 MOUNTING
19 FREQUENCY IN Hz & VARIATION 50 +_ 5% IF OTHER SPECIFY
20 OUTPUT IN KW
21 RATED VOLTAGE AND VARIATION 415 +_10% IF OTHER SPECIFY
22 CLASS OF INSULATION F H
23 APPROX SPEED, IN RPM OR POLARITY
24 DIR OF ROT VIEWED FROM DE BI DIR ACW CW
25 DESIGN AMB TEMP.
26 % REL HUMIDITY
27 MAX. PERMISSIBLE TEMP.RISE BY RES IF OTHER SPECIFY
28 ALTITUDE AT SITE IN METER <1000M IF OTHER SPECIFY
29 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT FL 3 /4 FL 1 /2FL
a. EFFICIENCY
b. POWER FACTOR
c. LOAD CURRENT
d. STARTING CURRENT
e. STARING TORQUE
f. RV/RA
g. PULL OUT TORQUE
h. NOISE LEVEL (OTHER THAN IS:12605)
i. VIB LEVEL (OTHER THAN IS:12705-NORM CL)
j. ANY OTHER
30 SYSTEM OF EARTHING, IF ADOPTED
31 PARTICULARS OF TESTS TO BE CARRIED OUT(OTHR THAN TYPE & ROUTINE AS PROPER IS:325)
32 METHOD OF STARTING DOL Y/D SOFT START
IF OTHER SPECIFY
33 DRIVE(IF APPLICABLE) VVVF(* FREQ RANGE) IF OTHER SPECIFY
34 DIMENSIONS STD IF OTHER SPECIFY
35 GA DRG.NO (IF NON STD)
36 METHOD OF DRIVE BELT BELT PULL / PULLEY DIA
DIRECT TYPE OF COUPLING
OTHER
37 CABLE SIZE/TYPE
38 CABLE GLAND (IF REQD) DCG MINING P&S
THERMISTER
SP HEATER BTD IF OTHER SPECIFY.
RTD IF OTHER SPECIFY
40 NON STD TREATMENT ACP IF OTHER SPECIFY
41 ANY OTHER SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
* TORQUE OVER ENTIRE FREQUENCY RANGE
DRIVE TORQUE
OPERATING SPEED
TRANSFER EFFICIENCY
LOAD GD2
LOAD TORQUE
FLUCTUATION
SINGLE VOLTAGE WITH
VARIATION - 110-660V
DUEL VOLTAGE -
SINGLE CAGE
SQUIRREL
CAGE
SLIPRING
DOUBLE CAGE
BAR WOUND
WIRE WOUND
MECHANICAL
PLUGGING
DC INJECTION
CLASS F
CLASS H
DETERMINATION
OF MOTOR
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RISE
& INSULATION
TORQUE
CHARACTERISTICS
BREAKING
TYPE OF STARTING
ROTOR TYPE
FREQUENCY
VOLTAGE
RATED OUTPUT
& SPEED
CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE LOAD
TORQUE
CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS
CONSTANT TORQUE
SINGLE SPEED,
CONSTANT OUTPUT
MULTI SPEED,
CONSTANT OUTPUT
MULTI SPEED,
MULTI OUTPUT
50 Hz
60 Hz
ANY OTHER
FREQUENCY
DOL START
STAR-DELTA START
AUTO-TRANSFORMER
START % TAPPING
NORMAL STRING
(200-250% TORQUE
HIGH TORQUE
(ABOVE 250%)
SOFT STARTING (LOW
PULL OUT TORQUE)
FLUCTUATING
TORQUE
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
INTERMITTENT
FREQUENT
START/STOP
GUIDE & CHECKPOINTS MOTOR SELECTION
ELECTRICAL ASPECTS
39 40
ORDERING INFORMATION
At the time of sending an enquiry or placing an order, kindly furnish Following data (as much as possible)
CUSTOMER
1 FRAME SIZE
2 APPLICATION
3 ZONE/DIV (IN CASE HAZARDOUS AREA)
4 ENCLOUSURE GROUP (FOR TYPE Ed)
5 TEMP CLASS (FOR TYPE e/n/d)
6 ANY SPECIFIC STATUTORY
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
7 REFERENCE TO INDIAN / IS:325 IS:2148 IS:6381 IF OTHER
INTERNATIONAL STD. IS:9628 IS:7389 SPECIFY
8 ANY CUST /CONSULTANT SPECS.
9 TYPE OF ENCLOSURE TEDC SPDP/DV TYPE d IF OTHER
TYPE p TYPE e TYPE n SPECIFY
10 TYPE OF ROTOR SCR SR: WIRE IF OTHER
BAR SPECIFY
11 TYPE OF DUTY S1 S2 S3 S4 IF OTHER
S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 SPECIFY
12 % CDF
13 NO.OF STARTS/HR
14 TYPE OF BRAKING /NO.OF. REVERSAL
2 2
15 LOAD GD (IF > MOTOR GD
16 DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP54 IP55 IP21 IF OTHER SPECIFY
IP21 IP21
17 METHOD OF COOLING FAN NATURAL BLOWER IF OTHER SPPECIFY
AIR STREAM
18 MOUNTING
19 FREQUENCY IN Hz & VARIATION 50 +_ 5% IF OTHER SPECIFY
20 OUTPUT IN KW
21 RATED VOLTAGE AND VARIATION 415 +_10% IF OTHER SPECIFY
22 CLASS OF INSULATION F H
23 APPROX SPEED, IN RPM OR POLARITY
24 DIR OF ROT VIEWED FROM DE BI DIR ACW CW
25 DESIGN AMB TEMP.
26 % REL HUMIDITY
27 MAX. PERMISSIBLE TEMP.RISE BY RES IF OTHER SPECIFY
28 ALTITUDE AT SITE IN METER <1000M IF OTHER SPECIFY
29 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT FL 3 /4 FL 1 /2FL
a. EFFICIENCY
b. POWER FACTOR
c. LOAD CURRENT
d. STARTING CURRENT
e. STARING TORQUE
f. RV/RA
g. PULL OUT TORQUE
h. NOISE LEVEL (OTHER THAN IS:12605)
i. VIB LEVEL (OTHER THAN IS:12705-NORM CL)
j. ANY OTHER
30 SYSTEM OF EARTHING, IF ADOPTED
31 PARTICULARS OF TESTS TO BE CARRIED OUT(OTHR THAN TYPE & ROUTINE AS PROPER IS:325)
32 METHOD OF STARTING DOL Y/D SOFT START
IF OTHER SPECIFY
33 DRIVE(IF APPLICABLE) VVVF(* FREQ RANGE) IF OTHER SPECIFY
34 DIMENSIONS STD IF OTHER SPECIFY
35 GA DRG.NO (IF NON STD)
36 METHOD OF DRIVE BELT BELT PULL / PULLEY DIA
DIRECT TYPE OF COUPLING
OTHER
37 CABLE SIZE/TYPE
38 CABLE GLAND (IF REQD) DCG MINING P&S
THERMISTER
SP HEATER BTD IF OTHER SPECIFY.
RTD IF OTHER SPECIFY
40 NON STD TREATMENT ACP IF OTHER SPECIFY
41 ANY OTHER SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
* TORQUE OVER ENTIRE FREQUENCY RANGE
DRIVE TORQUE
OPERATING SPEED
TRANSFER EFFICIENCY
LOAD GD2
LOAD TORQUE
FLUCTUATION
SINGLE VOLTAGE WITH
VARIATION - 110-660V
DUEL VOLTAGE -
SINGLE CAGE
SQUIRREL
CAGE
SLIPRING
DOUBLE CAGE
BAR WOUND
WIRE WOUND
MECHANICAL
PLUGGING
DC INJECTION
CLASS F
CLASS H
DETERMINATION
OF MOTOR
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RISE
& INSULATION
TORQUE
CHARACTERISTICS
BREAKING
TYPE OF STARTING
ROTOR TYPE
FREQUENCY
VOLTAGE
RATED OUTPUT
& SPEED
CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE LOAD
TORQUE
CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS
CONSTANT TORQUE
SINGLE SPEED,
CONSTANT OUTPUT
MULTI SPEED,
CONSTANT OUTPUT
MULTI SPEED,
MULTI OUTPUT
50 Hz
60 Hz
ANY OTHER
FREQUENCY
DOL START
STAR-DELTA START
AUTO-TRANSFORMER
START % TAPPING
NORMAL STRING
(200-250% TORQUE
HIGH TORQUE
(ABOVE 250%)
SOFT STARTING (LOW
PULL OUT TORQUE)
FLUCTUATING
TORQUE
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
INTERMITTENT
FREQUENT
START/STOP
GUIDE & CHECKPOINTS MOTOR SELECTION
ELECTRICAL ASPECTS
39 40
GUIDE & CHECK POINTS FOR MOTOR SELECTION
MECHANICAL ASPECTS
ENVIRONMENT
EXPLOSIVE GAS
CORROSION
DUST, CARBON etc
HUMIDITY
HUMIDITY
IP 22
IP 23
IP 55
IP 56
DRIP PROOF (INDOOR)
RAIN PROOF (INDOOR)
TOTALLY ENCLOSED
(OUT DOOR)
BELT-TYPE : NO OF
BELT
FLEXIBLE COUPLING
GEAR BOX
MOUNTING
FOOT
FLANGE
FACE
ROD
IS/BS/IEC
NEMA
USER DIMENSION
BOTTOM
SIDE
TOP
DOUBLE COMPRESSION
ARMOUR CLAMP
PLUG & SOCKET
STANDARD - AS PER IS
LOW NOISE
STANDARD LOAD BALL, ROLLER
AXIAL THRUST
ANGULAR CONTACT
BALL
SPHERICAL BALL
ETC
FLAME PROOF
TYPE OF GLAND
DIRECTION OF
CABLE ENTRY
DIMENSIONS
FLAME PROOF TYPE 'd'
TYPE 'e' OR 'N' OR 'P'
HOUSING
PROTECTION
VENTILATION
POWER
TRANSMISSION
INSTALLATION
TERMINAL BOX
NOISE
VIBRATION
STANDARD
PRECISION
SPECIAL PAINT SHADE
SPECIAL NAME PLATE
DIRECTION OF
ROTATION
BEARINGS
OTHERS
DETERMINATION OF
MOTOR
SPECIFICATION
1000m OR LESS
ABOVE 1000m
ALTITUDE
ANBIENT 45 C OR LESS
OVER 45
LOW TEMPERATURE
(<20 C)
TOTALLY ENCLOSED
FAN COOLED
INTERNAL FAN (DP)
DOUBLE VENTILATED
NATURAL COOLED
AIR STREAM RATED
STANDARD SHAFT END
DOUBLE SHAFT
TAPERED
HOLLOW SHAFT
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
SINGLE ARMOUR
DOUBLE ARMOUR
WITHOUT ARMOUR
ONE OR TWO NO OF CABLE
SIZE OF CABLE
TYPE OF
CABLE
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 1231 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MIX
YxDEEP KK
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB HA K LT D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L HD
- 9 20 14 3 7 10.2 3 1.8 3 M3 x 9 105 180 140 3/4"
AD56 90 71 36 56 25 110 - 102 6 6
AD63 100 80 40 63 25.5 122 30 96 9 7 - 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4 x 10 125 210 160 3/4"
AD71 112 90 45 71 30 136 30 110 9 7 - 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5 x 12.5 145 250 170 3/4"
AD80 125 100 50 80 28 152 35 125 11 10 14 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6 x 16 165 285 200 3/4"
AD90S 100 126 310
140 56 90 40 170 30 13 10 15 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8 x 19 180 226 1"
AD90L 125 151 335
AD100L 160 140 63 100 48 192 35 170 13 12 16 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 200 360 245 1"
AD112M 190 140 70 112 50 222 35 170 13 12 16 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 222 380 270 1"
AD132S 140 178
216 89 132 52 252 55 13 12 16 36 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 310 1"
AD132m 178 216
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y x DEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
BB
BA
E C B E
K X LT
D
N
X
X
D
ED
ED
4 HOLES
OF
L
AB
HA
AC
H
A
AA
AD 5650
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
0
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
3
6
K
H
1
4
+
0
.
0
4
3
1
2
0 0
H
-
A
L
L
-
0
.
5
0
0
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
A
B
O
V
E
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0
3
t
o
6
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
41 42
GUIDE & CHECK POINTS FOR MOTOR SELECTION
MECHANICAL ASPECTS
ENVIRONMENT
EXPLOSIVE GAS
CORROSION
DUST, CARBON etc
HUMIDITY
HUMIDITY
IP 22
IP 23
IP 55
IP 56
DRIP PROOF (INDOOR)
RAIN PROOF (INDOOR)
TOTALLY ENCLOSED
(OUT DOOR)
BELT-TYPE : NO OF
BELT
FLEXIBLE COUPLING
GEAR BOX
MOUNTING
FOOT
FLANGE
FACE
ROD
IS/BS/IEC
NEMA
USER DIMENSION
BOTTOM
SIDE
TOP
DOUBLE COMPRESSION
ARMOUR CLAMP
PLUG & SOCKET
STANDARD - AS PER IS
LOW NOISE
STANDARD LOAD BALL, ROLLER
AXIAL THRUST
ANGULAR CONTACT
BALL
SPHERICAL BALL
ETC
FLAME PROOF
TYPE OF GLAND
DIRECTION OF
CABLE ENTRY
DIMENSIONS
FLAME PROOF TYPE 'd'
TYPE 'e' OR 'N' OR 'P'
HOUSING
PROTECTION
VENTILATION
POWER
TRANSMISSION
INSTALLATION
TERMINAL BOX
NOISE
VIBRATION
STANDARD
PRECISION
SPECIAL PAINT SHADE
SPECIAL NAME PLATE
DIRECTION OF
ROTATION
BEARINGS
OTHERS
DETERMINATION OF
MOTOR
SPECIFICATION
1000m OR LESS
ABOVE 1000m
ALTITUDE
ANBIENT 45 C OR LESS
OVER 45
LOW TEMPERATURE
(<20 C)
TOTALLY ENCLOSED
FAN COOLED
INTERNAL FAN (DP)
DOUBLE VENTILATED
NATURAL COOLED
AIR STREAM RATED
STANDARD SHAFT END
DOUBLE SHAFT
TAPERED
HOLLOW SHAFT
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
SINGLE ARMOUR
DOUBLE ARMOUR
WITHOUT ARMOUR
ONE OR TWO NO OF CABLE
SIZE OF CABLE
TYPE OF
CABLE
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 1231 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MIX
YxDEEP KK
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB HA K LT D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L HD
- 9 20 14 3 7 10.2 3 1.8 3 M3 x 9 105 180 140 3/4"
AD56 90 71 36 56 25 110 - 102 6 6
AD63 100 80 40 63 25.5 122 30 96 9 7 - 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4 x 10 125 210 160 3/4"
AD71 112 90 45 71 30 136 30 110 9 7 - 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5 x 12.5 145 250 170 3/4"
AD80 125 100 50 80 28 152 35 125 11 10 14 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6 x 16 165 285 200 3/4"
AD90S 100 126 310
140 56 90 40 170 30 13 10 15 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8 x 19 180 226 1"
AD90L 125 151 335
AD100L 160 140 63 100 48 192 35 170 13 12 16 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 200 360 245 1"
AD112M 190 140 70 112 50 222 35 170 13 12 16 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 222 380 270 1"
AD132S 140 178
216 89 132 52 252 55 13 12 16 36 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 310 1"
AD132m 178 216
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y x DEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
BB
BA
E C B E
K X LT
D
N
X
X
D
ED
ED
4 HOLES
OF
L
AB
HA
AC
H
A
AA
AD 5650
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
0
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
3
6
K
H
1
4
+
0
.
0
4
3
1
2
0 0
H
-
A
L
L
-
0
.
5
0
0
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
A
B
O
V
E
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0
3
t
o
6
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
41 42
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
1
N
j
6
1
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
6
2
5
0
-
0
.
0
1
3
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0
3
t
o
6
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FLANGE FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L LB AD
AD63D 115 95 140 0 10 3 9 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4x10 125 220 197 100 3/4"
AD71D 130 110 160 0 10 3.5 9 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5x12.5 145 250 220 100 3/4"
AD80D 165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6x16 165 285 245 120 3/4"
AD90SD 310 260
165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8x19 180 140 1"
AD90LD 335 285
AD100LD 200 360 300 150
215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 1"
AD112MD 222 380 320 158
AD132SD
265 230 300 0 15 4 11 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 395 178 1"
AD132MD
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y x DEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
BB
BA
E C B E
K X LT
D
N
X
X
D
ED
ED
4 HOLES
OF
L
AB
HA
AC
H
A
AA
AD 5640 AD 5680
CABLE ENTRIES
SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
TAPPED HOLE
Y x DEEP
N9 / h9
G
T
E
E
D
R
X X
D
ED ED
AC
L
LB
M
AD
S 4 HOLES x LA DEEP
EQUISPACED ON P. C. D.
N
P
45
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L LB AD
AD56c 75 60 90 0 M5 2.5 8 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4x10 125 220 197 100 3/4"
AD71C 85 70 105 0 M6 2.5 8 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5x12.5 140 250 220 105 3/4"
AD80C 100 80 120 0 M6 3 10 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6x16 165 285 234 120 3/4"
AD90SC 310 260
115 95 140 0 M8 3 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8x19 180 140 1"
AD90LC 335 285
AD100LC 200 360 300 150
130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 1"
AD112MC 222 380 320 158
AD132SC 165
130 200 0 M10 3.5 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 395 178 1"
AD132MD
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
1
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
5
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
2
8
0
-
0
.
0
0
7
N
j
6
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
3
1
2
0
-
0
.
0
0
9
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0
+
0
.
0
3
0
4
t
o
6
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
+
0
.
0
3
6
0
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
6
0
0 0
4
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
0
8
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
+
0
.
3
0
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
+
0
.
0
9
0
0
FLANGE FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
43 44
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
1
N
j
6
1
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
6
2
5
0
-
0
.
0
1
3
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0
3
t
o
6
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FLANGE FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L LB AD
AD63D 115 95 140 0 10 3 9 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4x10 125 220 197 100 3/4"
AD71D 130 110 160 0 10 3.5 9 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5x12.5 145 250 220 100 3/4"
AD80D 165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6x16 165 285 245 120 3/4"
AD90SD 310 260
165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8x19 180 140 1"
AD90LD 335 285
AD100LD 200 360 300 150
215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 1"
AD112MD 222 380 320 158
AD132SD
265 230 300 0 15 4 11 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 395 178 1"
AD132MD
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y x DEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
BB
BA
E C B E
K X LT
D
N
X
X
D
ED
ED
4 HOLES
OF
L
AB
HA
AC
H
A
AA
AD 5640 AD 5680
CABLE ENTRIES
SCREWED
FOR KK BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
D
F
GD
GA
GE
TAPPED HOLE
Y x DEEP
N9 / h9
G
T
E
E
D
R
X X
D
ED ED
AC
L
LB
M
AD
S 4 HOLES x LA DEEP
EQUISPACED ON P. C. D.
N
P
45
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE X AC L LB AD
AD56c 75 60 90 0 M5 2.5 8 11 23 18 4 8.5 12.5 4 2.5 2.5 M4x10 125 220 197 100 3/4"
AD71C 85 70 105 0 M6 2.5 8 14 30 25 5 11 16 5 3 2.5 M5x12.5 140 250 220 105 3/4"
AD80C 100 80 120 0 M6 3 10 19 40 27 6 15.5 21.5 6 3.5 - M6x16 165 285 234 120 3/4"
AD90SC 310 260
115 95 140 0 M8 3 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 - M8x19 180 140 1"
AD90LC 335 285
AD100LC 200 360 300 150
130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 - M10x22 1"
AD112MC 222 380 320 158
AD132SC 165
130 200 0 M10 3.5 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 - M12x28 260 475 395 178 1"
AD132MD
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
1
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
5
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
2
8
0
-
0
.
0
0
7
N
j
6
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
3
1
2
0
-
0
.
0
0
9
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0
+
0
.
0
3
0
4
t
o
6
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
+
0
.
0
3
6
0
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
6
0
0 0
4
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
0
8
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
0
+
0
.
3
0
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
+
0
.
0
9
0
0
FLANGE FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
43 44
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
0
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
K
H
1
4
+
0
.
0
4
3
1
2
0 0
H
-
A
L
L
-
0
.
5
0
0
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
D
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
6
N
j
6
1
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
6
2
5
0
-
0
.
0
1
3
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
+
0
G
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
0
8
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
F
h
9
-
0
.
0
3
0
0
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
0
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB K D E ED F G GA GD GE YxDEEP AD AC L HC HD HA KK
ND90S 100 127 315
140 56 90 35 168 40 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8 x 19 150 195 185 - 13 1"
ND90L 125 152 340
ND100L 160 140 63 100 36 192 45 170 12 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 AM10 x 22 160 215 380 205 250 13 1"
ND112M 190 140 70 112 36 222 50 170 12 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10 x 22 170 235 405 230 275 13 1"
ND1325 140 178 470
216 89 132 48 254 54 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12 x 28 190 275 270 320 16 1"
ND132M 178 216 510
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE YxDEEP AD AC L LB HB
ND90SD 335 285
165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8x19 150 190 -
ND90LD 360 310
310
ND100LD 215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 160 210 380 150
320
330
ND112MD215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 170 230 405 160
345
ND132SD 470 390
265 230 300 0 15 4 14 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12x28 190 270 190
ND132MD 510 430
ND 9050 ND 9040
D
E E C B
BB
BA
D D
H
A
K
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK CONDUIT
NO EYEBOLT FOR
ND90S/L
ED
ED
HD
HA
4 HOLES
AD
AC
DIA
AA
AB
HC
L
N9 / h9
G
D
T
E E R
M
LA
SPIGOT
N
HB
P S
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR 1 BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
NO EYEBOLT FOR
Nd90 SD / LD
ED
AD
45
ED
4 HOLES DRILL
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A
C
DIA CIRCLE
L
LB
N9 / h9
G
45 46
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
0
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
K
H
1
4
+
0
.
0
4
3
1
2
0 0
H
-
A
L
L
-
0
.
5
0
0
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
D
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
6
N
j
6
1
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
6
2
5
0
-
0
.
0
1
3
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
+
0
G
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
0
8
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
F
h
9
-
0
.
0
3
0
0
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
0
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY
ON EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB K D E ED F G GA GD GE YxDEEP AD AC L HC HD HA KK
ND90S 100 127 315
140 56 90 35 168 40 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8 x 19 150 195 185 - 13 1"
ND90L 125 152 340
ND100L 160 140 63 100 36 192 45 170 12 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 AM10 x 22 160 215 380 205 250 13 1"
ND112M 190 140 70 112 36 222 50 170 12 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10 x 22 170 235 405 230 275 13 1"
ND1325 140 178 470
216 89 132 48 254 54 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12 x 28 190 275 270 320 16 1"
ND132M 178 216 510
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE YxDEEP AD AC L LB HB
ND90SD 335 285
165 130 200 0 12 3.5 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8x19 150 190 -
ND90LD 360 310
310
ND100LD 215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 160 210 380 150
320
330
ND112MD215 180 250 0 15 4 11 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 170 230 405 160
345
ND132SD 470 390
265 230 300 0 15 4 14 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12x28 190 270 190
ND132MD 510 430
ND 9050 ND 9040
D
E E C B
BB
BA
D D
H
A
K
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR KK CONDUIT
NO EYEBOLT FOR
ND90S/L
ED
ED
HD
HA
4 HOLES
AD
AC
DIA
AA
AB
HC
L
N9 / h9
G
D
T
E E R
M
LA
SPIGOT
N
HB
P S
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR 1 BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
NO EYEBOLT FOR
Nd90 SD / LD
ED
AD
45
ED
4 HOLES DRILL
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A
C
DIA CIRCLE
L
LB
N9 / h9
G
45 46
M
HB
P S
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR 1 BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
AD
45
4 HOLES DRILL
EQUALLY SPACED ON
DIA CIRCLE
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
T
E E R
LA
SPIGOT
N
NO EYEBOLT FOR
Nd90 SD / LD
ED ED
A
C
L
LB
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
.
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
3
1
2
0
-
0
.
0
0
9
N
j
6
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
1
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY ON
EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
ND 9080
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE AD AC L LB
ND90SC 315 265
115 95 140 0 M8 3 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8x19 150 190 -
ND90LC 340 290
310
ND100LC 130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 160 210 380 150
320
330
ND112MC 130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 170 230 405 160
345
ND132SC 470 390
165 130 200 0 M10 3.5 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12x28 190 270 190
ND132MC 510 430
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
FOR Nd200 ONWARDS
E 0.5 0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0 C
+ +
+
+
+
+
B
A
AD
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC THRED
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
B
BA
BA
+0.0
0.5
ED
H
D
H
L 5
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
NOTE: CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90 INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END. ALL DIAMENSIONS ARE mm
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE S M L LX
ND 225 55.030/55.011 110 80 16.0/15.957 10.0/9.91 49.0/48.8 850 850 - -
ND 250 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 940 940 - -
ND 280 1085 1085 - -
65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8
ND 315 1200 1200 - -
ND 315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 - - 1345 -
ND 355 75.030/75.011 170 140 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 67.5/67.3 1473 1473 1473 1530
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL AA AB BA BB KTOL D TOL E ED F TOL GDTOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
ND 160 M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 605
254 108 73 308 76 110 80 275 318 376 22
ND 160 L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 36.8 650
ND 180 M 241 - 180.0 286 15.5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 677
279 121 84 348 95 110 80 295 352 418 22
ND 180 L 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 715
200.0 19.5 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0
ND 200 L 318 305 - 133 66 381 115 356 110 80 345 428 805 480 25
199.5 19.0 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 140 110 375 470 880 534 25
ND 225M - 311 224.5 19.5 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110 405 500 940 598 32
ND 250M - 349 249.5 24.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
ND 280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 430
457 190 100 538 167 487 140 110 536 1085 642 35
ND 280M - 419 279.0 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 515
ND 315S 406 - 216 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.00 510 588 1230 725 38
508 110 597 164 533 170 140
ND 315M - 457 216 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8 510 588 1230 725 38
315.0 28.5 90.0355 25.00 14.00 81.0
ND 315L 508 508 - 216 110 610 230 740 170 140 570 655 1375 755 35
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.945 13.91 80.8
ND 355S 500
355.0 28.5 100.355 28.000 16.00 90.0
ND 355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 210 160 560 672 1513 760 40
354.0 28.0 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.8
ND 355L
630 -
ND 355LX 250 880 600 720 1570 827
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
47 48
M
HB
P S
CABLE ENTRIES SCREWED
FOR 1 BS CONDUT
FOR CABLE GLAND
AD
45
4 HOLES DRILL
EQUALLY SPACED ON
DIA CIRCLE
D
F
GD
GA
GE
Y xDEEP
TAPPED HOLE
N9 / h9
G
T
E E R
LA
SPIGOT
N
NO EYEBOLT FOR
Nd90 SD / LD
ED ED
A
C
L
LB
O
N
G
R
.
R
A
N
G
E
T
O
L
.
U
p
t
o
+
0
.
3
0
0
M
.
2
6
5
-
0
.
3
0
0
8
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
3
1
2
0
-
0
.
0
0
9
N
j
6
1
2
0
t
o
+
0
.
0
1
4
1
8
0
-
0
.
0
1
1
+
0
.
0
0
7
6
t
o
1
0
-
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
0
0
8
j
1
6
1
0
t
o
1
8
-
0
.
0
0
3
D
+
0
.
0
0
9
1
8
t
o
3
0
-
0
.
0
0
4
+
0
.
0
1
8
k
6
3
0
t
o
5
0
+
0
.
0
0
2
+
0
.
1
0
0
u
p
t
o
3
.
5
0
G
E
-
4
&
+
0
.
2
0
0
a
b
o
v
e
0 0
4
t
o
6
+
0
.
0
3
0
F
N
9
8
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
u
p
t
o
+
0
.
2
0
0
3
0
0
E
D
-
+
0
.
3
0
0
3
0
t
o
8
0
0 0
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
F
h
9
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
3
6
0
h
9
3
t
o
6
-
0
.
0
3
0
G
D
h
1
1
6
t
o
1
0
0
-
0
.
0
9
0
FIXING SHAFT KEY WAY KEY
1. DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS : 2233 AND ARE IN MM. EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2. TERMINAL BOX CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP OF 90, EXCEPT FOR FRAME AD80 WHICH HAS TERMINAL BOX INTEGRAL WITH BODY & CABLE ENTRY ON
EITHER SIDE.
3. AD63 & AD71 KEY WAY IS CLOSED WHILE FOR AD80 AND ABOVE FRAMES KEYWAY IS OPEN ON SHAFT.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECTED TO CONFIRMATION.
5. PLASTIC T.B. IS USED FOR AD63 TO AD80 FRAME, AND AL T.B. FOR AD90 TO AD132 FRAME.
ND 9080
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL(MAX)
YxDEEP KK
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA GD GE AD AC L LB
ND90SC 315 265
115 95 140 0 M8 3 10 24 50 36 8 20 27 7 4 M8x19 150 190 -
ND90LC 340 290
310
ND100LC 130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 160 210 380 150
320
330
ND112MC 130 110 160 0 M8 3.5 10 28 60 44 8 24 31 7 4 M10x22 170 230 405 160
345
ND132SC 470 390
165 130 200 0 M10 3.5 12 38 80 60 10 33 41 8 5 M12x28 190 270 190
ND132MC 510 430
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
FOR Nd200 ONWARDS
E 0.5 0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0 C
+ +
+
+
+
+
B
A
AD
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC THRED
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
B
BA
BA
+0.0
0.5
ED
H
D
H
L 5
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
NOTE: CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90 INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END. ALL DIAMENSIONS ARE mm
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE S M L LX
ND 225 55.030/55.011 110 80 16.0/15.957 10.0/9.91 49.0/48.8 850 850 - -
ND 250 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 940 940 - -
ND 280 1085 1085 - -
65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8
ND 315 1200 1200 - -
ND 315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 - - 1345 -
ND 355 75.030/75.011 170 140 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 67.5/67.3 1473 1473 1473 1530
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL AA AB BA BB KTOL D TOL E ED F TOL GDTOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
ND 160 M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 605
254 108 73 308 76 110 80 275 318 376 22
ND 160 L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 36.8 650
ND 180 M 241 - 180.0 286 15.5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 677
279 121 84 348 95 110 80 295 352 418 22
ND 180 L 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 715
200.0 19.5 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0
ND 200 L 318 305 - 133 66 381 115 356 110 80 345 428 805 480 25
199.5 19.0 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 140 110 375 470 880 534 25
ND 225M - 311 224.5 19.5 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110 405 500 940 598 32
ND 250M - 349 249.5 24.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
ND 280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 430
457 190 100 538 167 487 140 110 536 1085 642 35
ND 280M - 419 279.0 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 515
ND 315S 406 - 216 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.00 510 588 1230 725 38
508 110 597 164 533 170 140
ND 315M - 457 216 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8 510 588 1230 725 38
315.0 28.5 90.0355 25.00 14.00 81.0
ND 315L 508 508 - 216 110 610 230 740 170 140 570 655 1375 755 35
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.945 13.91 80.8
ND 355S 500
355.0 28.5 100.355 28.000 16.00 90.0
ND 355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 210 160 560 672 1513 760 40
354.0 28.0 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.8
ND 355L
630 -
ND 355LX 250 880 600 720 1570 827
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
47 48
FRAME FOOT FIXING FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY*
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL. M TOL. N TOL P S LA T D TOL. E ED F TOL. CD TOL. G Y
ND160M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0
254 108
300.5 250.016 110 80 73 308 76
ND 160L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 35.8
19 18 5
ND 180M 241 - 180 286 15.5 299.5 249.987 350 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5
121 84 348 95 110 80
ND 180L 279 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3
200.0 19.5 350.5 300.018 55.030 15.00 10.00 49.0
ND 200L 318 305 - 133
199.5 66 381 104 356 19.0 349.5 299.982 400 19 18 5 55.011 110 80 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 400.5 350.018 50.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 450 19 19 5 140 110
ND 225M - 311 224.5 19.0 399.5 349.982 50.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110
ND 250M - 349 249.5 24.0 500.0 450.020 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
550 19 22 5
ND280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 499.5 449.980 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
ND 280M 457 - 419 190 279.0 100 538 198 487 24.0 75.011 140 110 19.948 11.91 67.3
ND 315S 406 - 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.0
508 216 110 597 164 533 170 140
ND 315M - 457 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8
601.0 550.022
315.0 28.5 660 24 25 6 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.00
110 610 230 740 599.0 549.978 ND 315L 508 508 - 216 170 140
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8
ND 355S 500 -
355.0 28.5 741.0 680.025
ND 355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 800 24 28 6 100.035 28.000 16.00 90.0
354.0 28.0 739.0 679.975 210 160
ND 355L - 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.5
630
ND 355LX - 250 880
FRAME OVERALL
SIZE AD AC L LB HD HA KK
ND160M 605 213
275 318 376 22
ND160L 650 235
ND180M 677 241.0
295 352 418 22
ND180L 715 260.5
ND200L 345 428 805 285.5 480 25
ND225S
375 470 880 304.5 534 25
ND 225M
ND250S
405 500 940 342.5 598 32
ND 250M
ND280S 430
536 1085399.5 642 35
ND280M 515
ND315S
510 588 1230444.5 725 38
ND315M
ND315L 570 655 1375530.5 755 35
ND355 560 672 1513 570 760
S/M/L 40
ND355LX 600 720 1570 591 827
FRAME SIZE D TOL E ED F TOL CD TOL C L
ND225S 55.030 16.00 10.0 49.0
110 80 850
ND225M 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND250S 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0 940
140 110
ND250M 60.011 17.957 10.91 57.8 940
ND280S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
140 110 1085
ND280M 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
ND315S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0 1200
140 110
ND315M 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8 1200
ND315L 70.030 20.00 12.00 62.5
140 110
1345
70.011 19.948 11.91 62.5
ND355
1473
S/M/L 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
170 140
ND355LX 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3
1530
FRAME SIZE CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
NORM. NORM. SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-280 63 125
50-80 80
315-355 160 150
80-120 70
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
M
1
6
x
3
2
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
S M L LX
ND 225 55.030/55.011 110 80 16.0/15.957 10.0/9.91 49.0/48.8 925 925 - -
ND 250 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 1020 1020 - -
ND 280 1170 1170 - -
65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8
ND 315 1310 1310 - -
ND 315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 - - 1460 -
ND 355 75.030/75.011 170 140 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 67.5/67.3 1473 1473 1473 1530
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-280 125 125
50-80 60
315-355 160 160
80-120 70
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AD1 AC L LB HB KK
ND160M 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 660 213
18 432
ND160L 300.5 250.016 42.002 110 80 11.957 7.91 36.8 275 152 318 705 235
ND180M 299.5 249.957 350 19 5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 746 241.5
18 110 80 295 152 352 476
ND180L 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 784 260.5
350.5 300.018 55.030 16.. 10.00 49.0
ND 200L 400 19 5 15 110 80 345 282 428 873 285.5 528
349.5 299.982 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 400.5 350.018 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
450 19 5 19 140 110 375 282 470 955 3.4.5 590
ND 225M 399.5 349.982 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
140 110 405 420 500 1020 342.5 688
ND 250M 500.5 450.020 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
550 19 5 19
ND 280S 499.5 449.980 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 430
140 110 420 536 1170 399.5 724
ND 280M 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 515
ND 315S 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.0
ND 315M 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 510 420 588 1340 444.5 820
601.0 550.022
660 24 6 25 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.0
170 140 570 420 655 1490 530.5 820
ND 315L 599.0 549.978 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8
ND 355S
ND 355M 741.0 680.025 100.035 28.000 16.00 90.0
800 24 6 28 210 160 600 420 670 1513 570 890
ND 355L 739.0 679.975 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.9
ND 355LX 720 1570 591 944
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
1
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
FOR Nd200 ONWARDS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC CONDUIT
E 0.5 0.5
0.5
1.0
5
C
L
+ +
+
+
+
B
B
BB
BA
+0.0
0.5
ED
( E )
0.5
+
A
AD
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
H
D
H
PERPENDICULARITY
NOTE:
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
45 22.30
4 HOLES FOR FRAME 180 - 200
T
LA
LB
CONCENTRICTY
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
P
8 HOLES FOR FRAME 225 - 315
DRILLED S ON M P. C. D.
EQUALLY SPACED AS SHOWN
NOTE:-
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
D
P
F
N9M/h9
45
22.5
AD
ED
+0.0
-0.5
(E)
E
LA
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 'KK' CONDUIT
PERPENDICULARITY
'Y'-THREADED CENTRE HOLE AS PER IS:2540-1963
+0
+2
G
D
A
C
A
D
1
CONCENTRICITY
AUX. TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTER
ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY WHEN REQD.
EYE BOLT FOR VERTICALLY MONTED
MOTORS ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY
4-HOLES FOR FRAME 160-200
8 HOLES FOR FRAME 225-355
DRILLED 'S' ON 'M' P.C.M. P. C. D.
EQUALLY SPACEDAS SHOWN
G
H
B
L+5
LD
T
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
49 50
FRAME FOOT FIXING FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY*
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL. M TOL. N TOL P S LA T D TOL. E ED F TOL. CD TOL. G Y
ND160M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0
254 108
300.5 250.016 110 80 73 308 76
ND 160L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 35.8
19 18 5
ND 180M 241 - 180 286 15.5 299.5 249.987 350 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5
121 84 348 95 110 80
ND 180L 279 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3
200.0 19.5 350.5 300.018 55.030 15.00 10.00 49.0
ND 200L 318 305 - 133
199.5 66 381 104 356 19.0 349.5 299.982 400 19 18 5 55.011 110 80 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 400.5 350.018 50.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 450 19 19 5 140 110
ND 225M - 311 224.5 19.0 399.5 349.982 50.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110
ND 250M - 349 249.5 24.0 500.0 450.020 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
550 19 22 5
ND280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 499.5 449.980 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
ND 280M 457 - 419 190 279.0 100 538 198 487 24.0 75.011 140 110 19.948 11.91 67.3
ND 315S 406 - 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.0
508 216 110 597 164 533 170 140
ND 315M - 457 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8
601.0 550.022
315.0 28.5 660 24 25 6 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.00
110 610 230 740 599.0 549.978 ND 315L 508 508 - 216 170 140
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8
ND 355S 500 -
355.0 28.5 741.0 680.025
ND 355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 800 24 28 6 100.035 28.000 16.00 90.0
354.0 28.0 739.0 679.975 210 160
ND 355L - 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.5
630
ND 355LX - 250 880
FRAME OVERALL
SIZE AD AC L LB HD HA KK
ND160M 605 213
275 318 376 22
ND160L 650 235
ND180M 677 241.0
295 352 418 22
ND180L 715 260.5
ND200L 345 428 805 285.5 480 25
ND225S
375 470 880 304.5 534 25
ND 225M
ND250S
405 500 940 342.5 598 32
ND 250M
ND280S 430
536 1085399.5 642 35
ND280M 515
ND315S
510 588 1230444.5 725 38
ND315M
ND315L 570 655 1375530.5 755 35
ND355 560 672 1513 570 760
S/M/L 40
ND355LX 600 720 1570 591 827
FRAME SIZE D TOL E ED F TOL CD TOL C L
ND225S 55.030 16.00 10.0 49.0
110 80 850
ND225M 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND250S 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0 940
140 110
ND250M 60.011 17.957 10.91 57.8 940
ND280S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
140 110 1085
ND280M 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
ND315S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0 1200
140 110
ND315M 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8 1200
ND315L 70.030 20.00 12.00 62.5
140 110
1345
70.011 19.948 11.91 62.5
ND355
1473
S/M/L 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
170 140
ND355LX 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3
1530
FRAME SIZE CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
NORM. NORM. SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-280 63 125
50-80 80
315-355 160 150
80-120 70
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
M
1
6
x
3
2
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
S M L LX
ND 225 55.030/55.011 110 80 16.0/15.957 10.0/9.91 49.0/48.8 925 925 - -
ND 250 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 1020 1020 - -
ND 280 1170 1170 - -
65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8
ND 315 1310 1310 - -
ND 315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 - - 1460 -
ND 355 75.030/75.011 170 140 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 67.5/67.3 1473 1473 1473 1530
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-280 125 125
50-80 60
315-355 160 160
80-120 70
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AD1 AC L LB HB KK
ND160M 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 660 213
18 432
ND160L 300.5 250.016 42.002 110 80 11.957 7.91 36.8 275 152 318 705 235
ND180M 299.5 249.957 350 19 5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 746 241.5
18 110 80 295 152 352 476
ND180L 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 784 260.5
350.5 300.018 55.030 16.. 10.00 49.0
ND 200L 400 19 5 15 110 80 345 282 428 873 285.5 528
349.5 299.982 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
ND 225S 400.5 350.018 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
450 19 5 19 140 110 375 282 470 955 3.4.5 590
ND 225M 399.5 349.982 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
ND 250S 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
140 110 405 420 500 1020 342.5 688
ND 250M 500.5 450.020 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
550 19 5 19
ND 280S 499.5 449.980 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 430
140 110 420 536 1170 399.5 724
ND 280M 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 515
ND 315S 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.0
ND 315M 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 510 420 588 1340 444.5 820
601.0 550.022
660 24 6 25 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.0
170 140 570 420 655 1490 530.5 820
ND 315L 599.0 549.978 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8
ND 355S
ND 355M 741.0 680.025 100.035 28.000 16.00 90.0
800 24 6 28 210 160 600 420 670 1513 570 890
ND 355L 739.0 679.975 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.9
ND 355LX 720 1570 591 944
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
1
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
ND 160 M TO ND 355 LX
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
FOR Nd200 ONWARDS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC CONDUIT
E 0.5 0.5
0.5
1.0
5
C
L
+ +
+
+
+
B
B
BB
BA
+0.0
0.5
ED
( E )
0.5
+
A
AD
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
H
D
H
PERPENDICULARITY
NOTE:
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
45 22.30
4 HOLES FOR FRAME 180 - 200
T
LA
LB
CONCENTRICTY
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
P
8 HOLES FOR FRAME 225 - 315
DRILLED S ON M P. C. D.
EQUALLY SPACED AS SHOWN
NOTE:-
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
D
P
F
N9M/h9
45
22.5
AD
ED
+0.0
-0.5
(E)
E
LA
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 'KK' CONDUIT
PERPENDICULARITY
'Y'-THREADED CENTRE HOLE AS PER IS:2540-1963
+0
+2
G
D
A
C
A
D
1
CONCENTRICITY
AUX. TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTER
ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY WHEN REQD.
EYE BOLT FOR VERTICALLY MONTED
MOTORS ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY
4-HOLES FOR FRAME 160-200
8 HOLES FOR FRAME 225-355
DRILLED 'S' ON 'M' P.C.M. P. C. D.
EQUALLY SPACEDAS SHOWN
G
H
B
L+5
LD
T
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
49 50
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1
+
+
+ +
B
E C
BB
BA
ED ED
5 L
+
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M 12 FOR 280 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR ONLY WHEN REOD.
D
F
G
D
G
N9 / h9
H
B
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
H
D
H
A
H
AQ 0.5
+
AB
AA
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
D
F
G
D
H
D
H
A
H
G
N9 / h9
H
B
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
FOR 200 FRAME ONWARDS
AQ 0.5 0.5
5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1 + +
+
+ +
B
E C
BB AB
AA
BA
ED ED
L
+
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR
ABOVE 200 FRAME (ONLY WHEN REOD.)
L
FRAME D TOL E ED F TOL CD TOL C
S M MX
C225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 - 800 -
C250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/52.8 787 927 927
C280 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 888 939 1041
C315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 978 1029 1156
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
C 160M 210 160.0 254 15.5 14.0 9.00 42.5 536
254 108 54 298 76 48.002 110 80 290 390 395 22
C 160L 254 159.7 298 15.0 13.957 8.91 42.3 580
C 180M 241 180.0 285 15.5 55.030 16.0 10.00 49.0 593
279 121 60 337 95 110 80 335 420 445 22
C 180L 279 179.7 323 15.0 55.011 15.957 09.91 48.8 631
C 200M 267 200.0 318 19.5 60.030 18.0 11.00 53.0 673
318 133 65 381 105 140 110 398 460 498 25
C 200L 305 199.58 355 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 711
C160M TO C200L C225M TO C315MX
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
225.0 19.5 65.030 18.000 11.00 58.0
C225M 356 311 149 70 426 125 427 140 110 398 450 800 520 25
224.5 19.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
C 250S 311 250.0 381 24.5 75.030 20.000 12.00 67.5 787
405 168 80 483 127 140 110 428 500 605 28
C 250M 349 249.5 419 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 927
C 250MX
C 280S 368 280.0 438 24.5 80.030 22.000 14.00 71.0 918
C 280M 457 419 190 279.0 83 540 146 489 24.0 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 515 560 969 663 35
C 280MX 1071
C315S 406 315.0 482 28.5 90.035 25.000 14.00 81.0 1008
508 216 89 597 153 170 140 555 630 734 38
C 315M 457 314.0 533 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 1059
C 315MX 576 1186
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
FRAME SIZE CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
NORM. NORM. SHAFT NORM.
50-80 60
225-315 125 125
90 70
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
51 52
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1
+
+
+ +
B
E C
BB
BA
ED ED
5 L
+
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M 12 FOR 280 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR ONLY WHEN REOD.
D
F
G
D
G
N9 / h9
H
B
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
H
D
H
A
H
AQ 0.5
+
AB
AA
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
D
F
G
D
H
D
H
A
H
G
N9 / h9
H
B
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
FOR 200 FRAME ONWARDS
AQ 0.5 0.5
5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1 + +
+
+ +
B
E C
BB AB
AA
BA
ED ED
L
+
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR
ABOVE 200 FRAME (ONLY WHEN REOD.)
L
FRAME D TOL E ED F TOL CD TOL C
S M MX
C225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 53.0/52.8 - 800 -
C250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/52.8 787 927 927
C280 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 888 939 1041
C315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 978 1029 1156
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
C 160M 210 160.0 254 15.5 14.0 9.00 42.5 536
254 108 54 298 76 48.002 110 80 290 390 395 22
C 160L 254 159.7 298 15.0 13.957 8.91 42.3 580
C 180M 241 180.0 285 15.5 55.030 16.0 10.00 49.0 593
279 121 60 337 95 110 80 335 420 445 22
C 180L 279 179.7 323 15.0 55.011 15.957 09.91 48.8 631
C 200M 267 200.0 318 19.5 60.030 18.0 11.00 53.0 673
318 133 65 381 105 140 110 398 460 498 25
C 200L 305 199.58 355 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 711
C160M TO C200L C225M TO C315MX
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
225.0 19.5 65.030 18.000 11.00 58.0
C225M 356 311 149 70 426 125 427 140 110 398 450 800 520 25
224.5 19.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
C 250S 311 250.0 381 24.5 75.030 20.000 12.00 67.5 787
405 168 80 483 127 140 110 428 500 605 28
C 250M 349 249.5 419 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 927
C 250MX
C 280S 368 280.0 438 24.5 80.030 22.000 14.00 71.0 918
C 280M 457 419 190 279.0 83 540 146 489 24.0 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 515 560 969 663 35
C 280MX 1071
C315S 406 315.0 482 28.5 90.035 25.000 14.00 81.0 1008
508 216 89 597 153 170 140 555 630 734 38
C 315M 457 314.0 533 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 1059
C 315MX 576 1186
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
ABOVE 200 FRAMES
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
FRAME SIZE CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
NORM. NORM. SHAFT NORM.
50-80 60
225-315 125 125
90 70
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF THREE POSITIONS AT 90
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
51 52
2 - LIFTING EYEBOLTS FOR VERTICAL MOTORS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' B. S. C.
EARTHING STUD FOR 225 - 250 IS MB AND
FOR 280 - 315 IS M 12
ED
(E)
E RO
LA
TOL 1.0
F N9 / h9
22 30
C
D
C
D
AUX. TERM. BOX FOR SPACE HEARTER / THERMISTOR
CONCENTRCITY
AD
N
S
P
I
C
O
T
H
B
A
C
P
LB T
AIR OUTLET
AIR INLET
PERPENDICULARITY
+
L 5
2
0
+
+
B - HOLES FOR FRAMES 225 - 315
DRILL 'S' ON 'M' P. C. D.
EQ. SP. AS SHOWN
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
AUX TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/ THERMISTER ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY WHEN REQD.
CONCENTRICITY
L + 5
-
4-HOLES FOR FRAMES 160-180
8-HOLES FOR FRAMES 200-250
DRILL @ 'S' ON 'M' P.C.D.
EQ.SP. AS SHOWN
AC
AD
AIR OUT LET
T
LB
AIR INLET
H
B
+0.0
-0.5
ED
N9/n9
F
G
D
(E)
O
P
O
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
G
D
22.5
4
5
LA
E
+0
+2
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
PERPENDICULARITY
Y-THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS:2540-1963
2 LIFTING EYE BOLTS FOR VERTICAL
MOTORS ABOVE 200 FRAMES ONLY
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
M MX
C 225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/1091 53.0/52.8 800 -
C 250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 825 927
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-250 125 125
50-80 60
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L LB HB KK
C160M 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 536 213
110 80 290 325 235
48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 580 235
350.5 300.016
400 19 5 19 C160L
349.5 299.984
C180M 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0 593 241.5
110 80 235 352 265
C 180l 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8 631 250.5
C 200M 400.5 350.018 450 19 5 19 60.030 140 110 18.00 11.00 53.0 398 450 673 266.5 298
C 200L 399.5 349.982 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 711 285.5
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
6
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
MD MXD
C 225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/1091 53.0/52.8 800 -
C 250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 825 927
C280 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 939 1041
C315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 1029 1156
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
50-80 60
225-315 125 125
90 70
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L LB HB KK
500.5 450.020 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
C 225M 550 19 5 25 140 110 398 450 800 304.5 295
499.5 449.980 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
C250M 601.0 550.022 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 825 342.5
660 24 6 25 140 110 428 500 355
C250MX 599.0 549.978 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 927 342.5
C280M 601.0 550.022 660 24 6 25 80.030 170 140 22.00 14.00 969
71.0 515 560 399.5 383
C280MX 599.0 549.978 660 24 6 25 80.011 170 140 22.00 14.00 1071
C315M 741.0 680.025 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.0 555 630 1059
800 24 6 28 170 140 444.5 419
CC315MX 739.0 679.975 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 576 630 1186
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
6
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
C160M TO C200L C225M TO C315MX
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
53 54
2 - LIFTING EYEBOLTS FOR VERTICAL MOTORS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' B. S. C.
EARTHING STUD FOR 225 - 250 IS MB AND
FOR 280 - 315 IS M 12
ED
(E)
E RO
LA
TOL 1.0
F N9 / h9
22 30
C
D
C
D
AUX. TERM. BOX FOR SPACE HEARTER / THERMISTOR
CONCENTRCITY
AD
N
S
P
I
C
O
T
H
B
A
C
P
LB T
AIR OUTLET
AIR INLET
PERPENDICULARITY
+
L 5
2
0
+
+
B - HOLES FOR FRAMES 225 - 315
DRILL 'S' ON 'M' P. C. D.
EQ. SP. AS SHOWN
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
AUX TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/ THERMISTER ABOVE 200 FRAME ONLY WHEN REQD.
CONCENTRICITY
L + 5
-
4-HOLES FOR FRAMES 160-180
8-HOLES FOR FRAMES 200-250
DRILL @ 'S' ON 'M' P.C.D.
EQ.SP. AS SHOWN
AC
AD
AIR OUT LET
T
LB
AIR INLET
H
B
+0.0
-0.5
ED
N9/n9
F
G
D
(E)
O
P
O
N
S
P
I
G
O
T
G
D
22.5
4
5
LA
E
+0
+2
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
PERPENDICULARITY
Y-THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS:2540-1963
2 LIFTING EYE BOLTS FOR VERTICAL
MOTORS ABOVE 200 FRAMES ONLY
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
M MX
C 225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/1091 53.0/52.8 800 -
C 250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 825 927
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
30-50 50
160-250 125 125
50-80 60
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L LB HB KK
C160M 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 536 213
110 80 290 325 235
48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 580 235
350.5 300.016
400 19 5 19 C160L
349.5 299.984
C180M 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0 593 241.5
110 80 235 352 265
C 180l 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8 631 250.5
C 200M 400.5 350.018 450 19 5 19 60.030 140 110 18.00 11.00 53.0 398 450 673 266.5 298
C 200L 399.5 349.982 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 711 285.5
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
6
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
FRAME L
D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G
SIZE
MD MXD
C 225 60.030/60.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/1091 53.0/52.8 800 -
C 250 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17.957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 825 927
C280 65.030/65.011 140 110 18.0/17957 11.0/10.91 58.0/57.8 939 1041
C315 70.030/70.011 140 110 20.0/19.948 12.0/11.91 62.5/62.3 1029 1156
FRAME CONCENTRICITY IN MICRON PERPENDICULARITY IN MICRON RUNOUT IN MICRON
SIZE NORM. CLASS NORM. CLASS SHAFT NORM.
50-80 60
225-315 125 125
90 70
FRAME FLANGE FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE M TOL N TOL P S T LA D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L LB HB KK
500.5 450.020 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
C 225M 550 19 5 25 140 110 398 450 800 304.5 295
499.5 449.980 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
C250M 601.0 550.022 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5 825 342.5
660 24 6 25 140 110 428 500 355
C250MX 599.0 549.978 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 927 342.5
C280M 601.0 550.022 660 24 6 25 80.030 170 140 22.00 14.00 969
71.0 515 560 399.5 383
C280MX 599.0 549.978 660 24 6 25 80.011 170 140 22.00 14.00 1071
C315M 741.0 680.025 90.035 25.00 14.00 81.0 555 630 1059
800 24 6 28 170 140 444.5 419
CC315MX 739.0 679.975 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 576 630 1186
MACHINES RUNNING
AT 3000 RPM HAVE
SMALLER SHAFTS
AS SHOWN HERE
M
1
6
x
3
2
M
2
0
x
4
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
C160M TO C200L C225M TO C315MX
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
53 54
2-CABLE ENTRIES
SCREWED
FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
HD
HC
SLIPRING MAINTAINCE
COVER AT OPPOSITE
ENDS
D D
ED ED
AD
HA
AA
AB
AC
4 HOLES DIA K
F
D
GA
G
E B
BB
BA
L E
C
H
A
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL (max)
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB K D TOL E ED F G GA AD AC L HC HD HA KK
C 160M 140 178 +0.018 33.0 600 25.4 1"
165 89 - 132 41 254 64 12 38 80 60 10 41 225 320 290 350 16
DW 132 M 178 216 -0.002 32.8 640 B.S.C.
DW 132S - DW132M
NOTES: 1 DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS:1231 & ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRE EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2 CABLE ENTRIES CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP 90
3 TERMINAL BOX ON LEFT HAND SIDE LOOKING FROM DRIVING END CAN BE PROVIDED WHEN SPECIFIED
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL (max)
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA AD L LB AC HB
DW 132SD 33.0 600 520
300 230 350 0 15 4 13 38 80 56 10 41 255 320 215
DW 132MD 32.8 640 560
DW 132SD - DW132MD
NOTES: 1 THE CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TO ANY ONE OF FOUR POSITIONS AT 90 INTERVAL
2 COMPRESSION GLAND FITTED WHEN REQUIRED
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
LIFTING TRUNNIONS FITTED
FOR 25.4 mm (1") CONDUIT
ON VERTICAL MOTORS.
L
R
T
LA
E
EC
ED
E
HB
AC
LB AD
4
5
4 HOLES DRILLED
CIRCLE.
DIA. ON DIA. S M
F
D
GA
G
SLIPRING MAINTAINCE
D
I
A
S
P
I
G
O
T
D
I
A
N P
COVER OPPOSITE
55 56
2-CABLE ENTRIES
SCREWED
FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
HD
HC
SLIPRING MAINTAINCE
COVER AT OPPOSITE
ENDS
D D
ED ED
AD
HA
AA
AB
AC
4 HOLES DIA K
F
D
GA
G
E B
BB
BA
L E
C
H
A
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL (max)
SIZE A B C H AA AB BA BB K D TOL E ED F G GA AD AC L HC HD HA KK
C 160M 140 178 +0.018 33.0 600 25.4 1"
165 89 - 132 41 254 64 12 38 80 60 10 41 225 320 290 350 16
DW 132 M 178 216 -0.002 32.8 640 B.S.C.
DW 132S - DW132M
NOTES: 1 DIMENSIONS COMPLY WITH IS:1231 & ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRE EXCEPT CONDUIT ENTRY.
2 CABLE ENTRIES CAN BE TURNED THROUGH 360 IN STEP 90
3 TERMINAL BOX ON LEFT HAND SIDE LOOKING FROM DRIVING END CAN BE PROVIDED WHEN SPECIFIED
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL (max)
SIZE M N P R S T LA D E ED F G GA AD L LB AC HB
DW 132SD 33.0 600 520
300 230 350 0 15 4 13 38 80 56 10 41 255 320 215
DW 132MD 32.8 640 560
DW 132SD - DW132MD
NOTES: 1 THE CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TO ANY ONE OF FOUR POSITIONS AT 90 INTERVAL
2 COMPRESSION GLAND FITTED WHEN REQUIRED
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
LIFTING TRUNNIONS FITTED
FOR 25.4 mm (1") CONDUIT
ON VERTICAL MOTORS.
L
R
T
LA
E
EC
ED
E
HB
AC
LB AD
4
5
4 HOLES DRILLED
CIRCLE.
DIA. ON DIA. S M
F
D
GA
G
SLIPRING MAINTAINCE
D
I
A
S
P
I
G
O
T
D
I
A
N P
COVER OPPOSITE
55 56
NDW 160S - DW355M CW 160M - CW200L
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL AA AB BA BB KTOL D TOL E ED F TOL GDTOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
NDW160 M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 766
-
254 108 73 308 76 110 80 318 22 435
NDW160 L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 36.8 810
NDW180 M 241 - 180.0 286 15.5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 840
279 121 84 348 95 110 80 352 475 22 -
NDW180 L 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 878
200.0 19.5 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0
NDW 200 L 318 305 - 133 66 381 115 356 110 80 285 428 952 545 25
199.5 19.0 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
NDW225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 140 110 285 470 1072 600 25
NDW225M - 311 224.5 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
NDW250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110 285 500 1128 730 32
NDW250M - 349 249.5 24.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
NDW280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
457 190 100 538 167 487 140 110 285 536 1265 810 35
NDW280M - 419 279.0 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3
NDW315S 406 - 216 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.00
508 110 597 164 533 170 140 375 588 1460 845 38
NDW315M - 457 216 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8
315.0 28.5 90.0355 25.00 14.00 81.0
NDW315L 508 508 - 216 110 610 230 740 170 140 420 655 1575 855 35
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.945 13.91 80.8
NDW355S 500
355.0 28.5 100.355 28.000 16.00 90.0
NDW355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 210 160 560 672 1675 760 40
354.0 28.0 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.8
NDW355L
630 -
NDW355LX 250 880 600 720 1820 827
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
CW160M 210 160.0 254 15.5 14.0 9.00 42.5 680
254 108 54 298 76 48.002 110 80 290 390 395 22
CW160L 254 159.7 298 15.0 13.957 8.91 42.3 724
CW180M 241 180.0 285 15.5 55.030 16.0 10.00 49.0 802
279 121 60 337 95 110 80 335 420 445 22
CW180L 279 179.7 323 15.0 55.011 15.957 09.91 48.8 840
CW200M 267 200.0 318 19.5 60.030 18.0 11.00 53.0 877
318 133 65 381 105 140 110 398 460 498 25
CW200L 305 199.5 355 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 915
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
2 - EYEBOLTS FOR
200 AND ABOVE
FOR 200 FRAME ONWARDS
E 0.5 0.5
5
0.0
0.5
0.5
1 C
+ +
+
+
+ B
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC CONDUIT
B
BA
BB
ED ED
L +
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
0.5
+
A
AD SLIPRING ACCESS
FROM TOP
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
H
D
H
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTOR
ABOVE 200 FRAME (ONLY WHEN REQD.)
OUTLINE DIMENSION DRAWING FOR 3 PHASE
SLIP RING SPDP FOOT MOUNTED INDUCTION MOTORS
FOR CW160M TO CW200L
N9/n9
F
G
D
H
D
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
ABOVE 200 FRAME
L+5
-
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
ED
+ 0.0
- 0.5
AC
AD
4-HOLES
K
AA
GH
H
A
A+ 0.5
AB
EARTHING TERMINALS OF
M8 SIZE ON BOTH SIDES
E+0.5
-
C+1
-
Y- THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS:2540-1963
8B
8+ 0.5
8A
-
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK'8S CONDUIT
57 58
NDW 160S - DW355M CW 160M - CW200L
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B B1 C H TOL AA AB BA BB KTOL D TOL E ED F TOL GDTOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
NDW160 M 210 - 160.0 254 15.5 42.018 12.00 8.00 37.0 766
-
254 108 73 308 76 110 80 318 22 435
NDW160 L 254 - 159.7 298 15.0 42.002 11.957 7.91 36.8 810
NDW180 M 241 - 180.0 286 15.5 48.018 14.00 9.00 42.5 840
279 121 84 348 95 110 80 352 475 22 -
NDW180 L 279 - 179.7 323 15.0 48.002 13.957 8.91 42.3 878
200.0 19.5 55.030 16.00 10.00 49.0
NDW 200 L 318 305 - 133 66 381 115 356 110 80 285 428 952 545 25
199.5 19.0 55.011 15.957 9.91 48.8
NDW225S 286 - 225.0 19.5 60.030 18.00 11.00 53.0
356 149 70 425 102 375 140 110 285 470 1072 600 25
NDW225M - 311 224.5 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8
NDW250S 311 - 250.0 24.5 65.030 18.00 11.00 58.0
406 168 80 483 135 419 140 110 285 500 1128 730 32
NDW250M - 349 249.5 24.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
NDW280S 368 - 280.0 24.5 75.030 20.00 12.00 67.5
457 190 100 538 167 487 140 110 285 536 1265 810 35
NDW280M - 419 279.0 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3
NDW315S 406 - 216 315.0 28.5 80.030 22.00 14.00 71.00
508 110 597 164 533 170 140 375 588 1460 845 38
NDW315M - 457 216 314.0 28.0 80.011 21.948 13.91 70.8
315.0 28.5 90.0355 25.00 14.00 81.0
NDW315L 508 508 - 216 110 610 230 740 170 140 420 655 1575 855 35
314.0 28.0 90.013 24.945 13.91 80.8
NDW355S 500
355.0 28.5 100.355 28.000 16.00 90.0
NDW355M 610 - 560 254 110 710 253 745 210 160 560 672 1675 760 40
354.0 28.0 100.013 27.948 15.89 89.8
NDW355L
630 -
NDW355LX 250 880 600 720 1820 827
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
.
5
"
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
CW160M 210 160.0 254 15.5 14.0 9.00 42.5 680
254 108 54 298 76 48.002 110 80 290 390 395 22
CW160L 254 159.7 298 15.0 13.957 8.91 42.3 724
CW180M 241 180.0 285 15.5 55.030 16.0 10.00 49.0 802
279 121 60 337 95 110 80 335 420 445 22
CW180L 279 179.7 323 15.0 55.011 15.957 09.91 48.8 840
CW200M 267 200.0 318 19.5 60.030 18.0 11.00 53.0 877
318 133 65 381 105 140 110 398 460 498 25
CW200L 305 199.5 355 19.0 60.011 17.957 10.91 52.8 915
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
1
6
x
3
2
2
N
o
s
-
1
"
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
2 - EYEBOLTS FOR
200 AND ABOVE
FOR 200 FRAME ONWARDS
E 0.5 0.5
5
0.0
0.5
0.5
1 C
+ +
+
+
+ B
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK BSC CONDUIT
B
BA
BB
ED ED
L +
D
F
G
D
G
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
N9 / h9
0.5
+
A
AD SLIPRING ACCESS
FROM TOP
AC
AA
AB
HA
4 - HOLES K DIA
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES AND M12 FOR 250 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/
THERMISTOR ABOVE 200 FRAME
ONLY WHEN REOD
H
D
H
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTOR
ABOVE 200 FRAME (ONLY WHEN REQD.)
OUTLINE DIMENSION DRAWING FOR 3 PHASE
SLIP RING SPDP FOOT MOUNTED INDUCTION MOTORS
FOR CW160M TO CW200L
N9/n9
F
G
D
H
D
CABLE DIVIDING BOX PROVIDED
ABOVE 200 FRAME
L+5
-
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
ED
+ 0.0
- 0.5
AC
AD
4-HOLES
K
AA
GH
H
A
A+ 0.5
AB
EARTHING TERMINALS OF
M8 SIZE ON BOTH SIDES
E+0.5
-
C+1
-
Y- THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS:2540-1963
8B
8+ 0.5
8A
-
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR KK'8S CONDUIT
57 58
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
225.0 19.5 65.030 18.000 11.00 58.0
CW225M 356 311 149 70 426 125 427 140 110 398 450 1000 520 25
224.5 19.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
CW250S 311 250.0 381 24.5 75.030 20.000 12.00 67.5 987
405 168 80 483 127 140 110 428 500 605 28
CW250M 349 249.5 419 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 1125
CW250MX 1125
CW280S 368 280.0 438 24.5 80.030 22.000 14.00 71.0 1220
CW280M 457 419 190 279.0 83 540 146 489 24.0 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 515 560 1270 663 35
CW280MX 1370
CW315S 406 315.0 482 28.5 90.035 25.000 14.00 81.0 1300
508 216 89 597 153 170 140 555 630 734 38
CW315M 457 314.0 533 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 1350
CW315MX 576 1475
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
CW 225S - CW315MX CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1
+
+
+ +
B
E C
BB
BA
ED ED
5 L+
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M 12 FOR 280 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR ONLY WHEN REOD.
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
D
F
G
D
G
N9 / h9
H
B
H
D
H
A
H
AQ 0.5
+
AB
AA
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
STATOR
STAR
DELTA
STATOR WINDING ROTOR WINDING
MOTOR TERMINALS
3-POLE
SWITCH
U
V
W
K
L
M
STARTING
RESISTANCE
WINDING
TERMINALS
U1
V1
W1
L2 L3 L1
U1 U2 V1
V1 W2
W1
U2
W2
V2
STAR
WINDING
STAR
WINDING
MOTOR
TERMINALS
MOTOR
TERMINALS
SWITCH
SWITCH
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON
TO MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK WITH
STRAIGHT THROUGH CONNECTORS
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON TO
MAIN AUTO TRANSFORMER. STARTERS
CAN BE USED WITH MOTOR CONNECTIONS
AS SHOWN ABOVE
MUSH WOUND WITH STAR DELTA STARTING
FOR SLIPRING MOTORS
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON TO
MAIN AUTO TRANSFORMER. STARTERS
CAN BE USED WITH MOTOR CONNECTIONS
AS SHOWN ABOVE
MESH WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON
TO MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK WITH
STRAIGHT THROUGH CONNECTORS
DIAGRAM NO. 201
DIAGRAM NO. 301
DIAGRAM NO. 304
DIAGRAM NO. 3 MS
DIAGRAM NO. 302
DIAGRAM NO. 202
3 POLE SWITCH
3 POLE SWITCH
59 60
FRAME FOOT FIXING SHAFT AND KEY OVERALL
SIZE A B C H TOL. AA AB BA BB K TOL D TOL E ED F TOL GD TOL G Y AD AC L HD HA KK
225.0 19.5 65.030 18.000 11.00 58.0
CW225M 356 311 149 70 426 125 427 140 110 398 450 1000 520 25
224.5 19.0 65.011 17.957 10.91 57.8
CW250S 311 250.0 381 24.5 75.030 20.000 12.00 67.5 987
405 168 80 483 127 140 110 428 500 605 28
CW250M 349 249.5 419 24.0 75.011 19.948 11.91 67.3 1125
CW250MX 1125
CW280S 368 280.0 438 24.5 80.030 22.000 14.00 71.0 1220
CW280M 457 419 190 279.0 83 540 146 489 24.0 80.011 170 140 21.948 13.91 70.8 515 560 1270 663 35
CW280MX 1370
CW315S 406 315.0 482 28.5 90.035 25.000 14.00 81.0 1300
508 216 89 597 153 170 140 555 630 734 38
CW315M 457 314.0 533 28.0 90.013 24.948 13.91 80.8 1350
CW315MX 576 1475
2
N
o
s
-
2
"
M
2
0
x
4
0
M
2
4
x
5
0
2
N
o
s
-
1
.
5
"
CW 225S - CW315MX CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED FOR 'KK' BS CONDUIT
AIR OUTLET AIR INLET
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5 0.1
+
+
+ +
B
E C
BB
BA
ED ED
5 L+
EARTHING TERMINALS OF MB ON BOTH SIDES
AND M 12 FOR 280 - 315 FRAME
AUX TERM BOX FOR SPACE HEATER / THERMISTOR ONLY WHEN REOD.
Y THREADED CENTRE HOLES
AS PER IS : 2540 - 1963
D
F
G
D
G
N9 / h9
H
B
H
D
H
A
H
AQ 0.5
+
AB
AA
AD
AC
4 - HOLES K
NOTE:-
CABLE ENTRY CAN BE TURNED TO ANY ONE OF TWO POSITIONS AT 180
INTERVALS EXCEPT FROM NON DRIVING END.
STATOR
STAR
DELTA
STATOR WINDING ROTOR WINDING
MOTOR TERMINALS
3-POLE
SWITCH
U
V
W
K
L
M
STARTING
RESISTANCE
WINDING
TERMINALS
U1
V1
W1
L2 L3 L1
U1 U2 V1
V1 W2
W1
U2
W2
V2
STAR
WINDING
STAR
WINDING
MOTOR
TERMINALS
MOTOR
TERMINALS
SWITCH
SWITCH
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON
TO MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK WITH
STRAIGHT THROUGH CONNECTORS
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON TO
MAIN AUTO TRANSFORMER. STARTERS
CAN BE USED WITH MOTOR CONNECTIONS
AS SHOWN ABOVE
MUSH WOUND WITH STAR DELTA STARTING
FOR SLIPRING MOTORS
STAR WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON TO
MAIN AUTO TRANSFORMER. STARTERS
CAN BE USED WITH MOTOR CONNECTIONS
AS SHOWN ABOVE
MESH WOUND SWITCHING DIRECT ON
TO MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK WITH
STRAIGHT THROUGH CONNECTORS
DIAGRAM NO. 201
DIAGRAM NO. 301
DIAGRAM NO. 304
DIAGRAM NO. 3 MS
DIAGRAM NO. 302
DIAGRAM NO. 202
3 POLE SWITCH
3 POLE SWITCH
59 60
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3 PHASE TWOSPEED MOTORS SCR TYPE
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS
(LOWER VOLTAGE X 3 = HIGHER VOLTAGE
STATOR
WINDING
TERMINALS
1U
1V
1W
2V
R Y B
2W
2U
FOR
FOR
LOWER VOLTAGE : DELTA CONNECTION
CONNCT : 1U TO 2V, 1V TO 2W TO 2U
CONNECT : SUPPLY R TO 2V, Y TO 2W, B TO 2U
LOWER VOLTAGE : DELTA CONNECTION
CONNCT : 1U , 1V, 1W
CONNECT : SUPPLY R TO 2V, Y TO 2W, B TO 2U
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
THREE PHASE MULTISPEED MOTORS
(SCR TYPE)
STATOR WINDING THREE SPEED MOTOR - THREE WINDING TYPE
DIAGRAM NO. K53 (1)
THREE WINDING TYPE (STAR WOUND)
LOW SPEED
MIDDEL SPEED
LOW SPEED
CONNECT
CONNECT
CONNECT
R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION : INTERCHANGE LENE LEADS R AND Y
R
1U 3U
1V
3V
1W 3W
2V
2W 2U
Y B
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
DIAGRAM NO. K52(1)
DIAGRAM NO. K52(2)
DIAGRAM NO. K52(3)
TWO WINDING TYPE (STAR WOUND)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
SINGLE WINDING TYPE (MESH/STAR IN TWO PARALLELS)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
AND 1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED
SINGLE WINDING TYPE (STAR/STAR IN TWO PARALLELS)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
R Y B
R Y B
R Y B
1U
1U
1U
2U
2U
2U
1V
1V
1V
2V
2V
2V
1W
1W
1W
2W
2W
2W
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION - INTERCHANGE LINE LEADS R AND Y
61 62
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3 PHASE TWOSPEED MOTORS SCR TYPE
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS
(LOWER VOLTAGE X 3 = HIGHER VOLTAGE
STATOR
WINDING
TERMINALS
1U
1V
1W
2V
R Y B
2W
2U
FOR
FOR
LOWER VOLTAGE : DELTA CONNECTION
CONNCT : 1U TO 2V, 1V TO 2W TO 2U
CONNECT : SUPPLY R TO 2V, Y TO 2W, B TO 2U
LOWER VOLTAGE : DELTA CONNECTION
CONNCT : 1U , 1V, 1W
CONNECT : SUPPLY R TO 2V, Y TO 2W, B TO 2U
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
THREE PHASE MULTISPEED MOTORS
(SCR TYPE)
STATOR WINDING THREE SPEED MOTOR - THREE WINDING TYPE
DIAGRAM NO. K53 (1)
THREE WINDING TYPE (STAR WOUND)
LOW SPEED
MIDDEL SPEED
LOW SPEED
CONNECT
CONNECT
CONNECT
R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION : INTERCHANGE LENE LEADS R AND Y
R
1U 3U
1V
3V
1W 3W
2V
2W 2U
Y B
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
DIAGRAM NO. K52(1)
DIAGRAM NO. K52(2)
DIAGRAM NO. K52(3)
TWO WINDING TYPE (STAR WOUND)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
SINGLE WINDING TYPE (MESH/STAR IN TWO PARALLELS)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
AND 1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED
SINGLE WINDING TYPE (STAR/STAR IN TWO PARALLELS)
LOW SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
HIGH SPEED
CONNECT : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
R Y B
R Y B
R Y B
1U
1U
1U
2U
2U
2U
1V
1V
1V
2V
2V
2V
1W
1W
1W
2W
2W
2W
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION - INTERCHANGE LINE LEADS R AND Y
61 62
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT
FOR FRAMES AD63 AND AD71
EARTHING
3 /6 TERMINAL STUD
M5
13
7
W
1
9
1
5
4
3
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
1
3
8
5
S
Q
.
CREEPAGE
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
CUSTOMER TO FIT
SOCKET
CABLE ENTRY
SCREWED FOR 3/4 BS
CONDUIT
TERMINL BLOCK
STATOR BODY
0 0
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2) TERMINAL BOX IS CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
3) DEGREE OF PORTECTION IP 55.
9
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3 PHASE MULTISPEED MOTORS SCR TYPE
THREE SPEED MOTOR - TWO WINDING TYPE
FOUR SPEED MOTOR - TWO WINDING TYPE
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
DIAGRAM NO. K51 (3)
DIAGRAM NO. K51 (4)
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION - INTERCHANGE LINE LEADS R AND Y
R Y B
R Y B
2U 1U
2U 1U
3U
4U 3U
2V 1V
2V 1V
3V
4V 3V
2W 1W
2W 1W
3W
4W 3W
CONNECTIONS
LOW SPEED : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
MIDDLE SPEED: R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
HIGH SPEED : R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W AND
1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED.
CONNECTIONS
LOWEST SPEED : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
MIDDLE SPEED FIRST : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
MIDDLE SPEED SECOND : R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W AND
1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED.
HIGHEST SPEED : R TO 4U, Y TO 4V, B TO 4W AND
2U, 2V, 2W TO BE SHORTED.
63 64
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT
FOR FRAMES AD63 AND AD71
EARTHING
3 /6 TERMINAL STUD
M5
13
7
W
1
9
1
5
4
3
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
1
3
8
5
S
Q
.
CREEPAGE
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
CUSTOMER TO FIT
SOCKET
CABLE ENTRY
SCREWED FOR 3/4 BS
CONDUIT
TERMINL BLOCK
STATOR BODY
0 0
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2) TERMINAL BOX IS CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
3) DEGREE OF PORTECTION IP 55.
9
CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR
3 PHASE MULTISPEED MOTORS SCR TYPE
THREE SPEED MOTOR - TWO WINDING TYPE
FOUR SPEED MOTOR - TWO WINDING TYPE
STATOR WINDINGS
STATOR WINDINGS
DIAGRAM NO. K51 (3)
DIAGRAM NO. K51 (4)
TO REVERSE DIRECTION OF ROTATION - INTERCHANGE LINE LEADS R AND Y
R Y B
R Y B
2U 1U
2U 1U
3U
4U 3U
2V 1V
2V 1V
3V
4V 3V
2W 1W
2W 1W
3W
4W 3W
CONNECTIONS
LOW SPEED : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
MIDDLE SPEED: R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
HIGH SPEED : R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W AND
1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED.
CONNECTIONS
LOWEST SPEED : R TO 1U, Y TO 1V, B TO 1W
MIDDLE SPEED FIRST : R TO 2U, Y TO 2V, B TO 2W
MIDDLE SPEED SECOND : R TO 3U, Y TO 3V, B TO 3W AND
1U, 1V, 1W TO BE SHORTED.
HIGHEST SPEED : R TO 4U, Y TO 4V, B TO 4W AND
2U, 2V, 2W TO BE SHORTED.
63 64
TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
FRAMES ND90 TO ND132
102
102
M6 (3 STUDS)
46
10
15
57
CREEPAGE =
EARTHING TERMI-
NAL (WHEN SPECI-
FIED)
GASKET
GASKET
18
20
11
73
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
0 0
1) ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN mm.
2) TRERMINAL BOX CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGENT
FRAMES AD63 AND AD71
CREEPAGE 9
EARTHING
3 /6 TERMINAL STUD
7
19
13
8
5
S
Q
.
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
M5
13
43
1
5
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
CUSTOMER TO FIT SOCKET
CABLE ENTRY
SCREWED FOR 3/4 BS
CONDUIT
TERMINL
BLOCK
TERMINL BLOCK COVER
STATOR BODY
0 0
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
TERMINAL BOX IS CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
65 66
TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
FRAMES ND90 TO ND132
102
102
M6 (3 STUDS)
46
10
15
57
CREEPAGE =
EARTHING TERMI-
NAL (WHEN SPECI-
FIED)
GASKET
GASKET
18
20
11
73
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
0 0
1) ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN mm.
2) TRERMINAL BOX CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGENT
FRAMES AD63 AND AD71
CREEPAGE 9
EARTHING
3 /6 TERMINAL STUD
7
19
13
8
5
S
Q
.
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
M5
13
43
1
5
A
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
CUSTOMER TO FIT SOCKET
CABLE ENTRY
SCREWED FOR 3/4 BS
CONDUIT
TERMINL
BLOCK
TERMINL BLOCK COVER
STATOR BODY
0 0
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
TERMINAL BOX IS CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
65 66
TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT FOR FRAME DW 132 S/M
U
V
W
2 EARTHING
TERMINAL
2
5
2
7
13
1" BSC THREADING
FOR CABLE ENTRY
28
CREEPAGE
CUSTOMER SOCKET
28
9
0
3
0
'
A
D
'
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
6- TERMINAL STUDS
M6
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2)TERMINAL BOX IS CAPABLE OF ROTATING
THROUGH 36O IN STEPS OF 90
3)DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP 55
11
102
13
17
15
18
120
73
46
M6(6 STUDS)
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 3/4"-1" CONDUIT
EARTHING TERMINAL
ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED
GASKET
10
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
TERMINAL BOX CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
57
'
A
D
'
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
CREEPAGE= 15
3
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
GASKET
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
FRAMES ND90 TO ND132
67 68
TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT FOR FRAME DW 132 S/M
U
V
W
2 EARTHING
TERMINAL
2
5
2
7
13
1" BSC THREADING
FOR CABLE ENTRY
28
CREEPAGE
CUSTOMER SOCKET
28
9
0
3
0
'
A
D
'
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
6- TERMINAL STUDS
M6
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2)TERMINAL BOX IS CAPABLE OF ROTATING
THROUGH 36O IN STEPS OF 90
3)DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP 55
11
102
13
17
15
18
120
73
46
M6(6 STUDS)
CABLE ENTRY SCREWED
FOR 3/4"-1" CONDUIT
EARTHING TERMINAL
ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED
GASKET
10
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
TERMINAL BOX CAN BE ROTATED THROUGH 360 IN STEPS OF 90
57
'
A
D
'
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
O
F
M
O
T
O
R
CREEPAGE= 15
3
COMPRESSION GLAND
(WHEN SPECIFIED)
GASKET
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
FRAMES ND90 TO ND132
67 68
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR FRAME
ND/C 160, ND/C 180, ND200
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.G.L. SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARENCES ARE AS PER IS: 4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE: PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
C200-C250,ND225-ND280
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.C.L.SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEP AGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE : PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
AUX. TERM.BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.250-38
TERMINAL BOX.
CONDUIT ENTRY 1.5" BSC
RUBBER GASKET
CABLE DIVIDING BOX
SHORTING LINK
INTERNAL SOCKET
CREEPAGE
TERMINAL BOX COVER
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
PHASE TO PHASE
CLEARANCE
EARTHING STUD
SIZE MB
AUX TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMOSTOR
ONLY WHEN REQUIRED
CONDUIT ENTRY 3/4 BSC
TERMINAL BLOCK
25 MIN
251
282
152
130
130
U1 V2
V1
W2 1
2
M
I
N
5
6
2
6
0
2
4
1
S
Q
.
I
N
S
I
D
E
5
6
W1
U2
54
410
6
0
7
0
105
M8
3
0
1
4
1
9
8
7
5
1
5
2
1
6
U1
V1
W1
W2
V2
18
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARENCE
TERMINAL BOX COVER
237
P
H
A
S
E
T
O
E
A
R
T
H
C
L
E
A
R
E
N
C
E
1
5
0
1
8
0
U2
SHORTING LINK
INTERNAL WDG.SOCKET
TERMINAL BLOCK
25 MIN.CREEPAGE
196
EARTHING STUD M8
1
0
6
9
6
35
32
2
2
M
I
N
2
4
STUD SIZE
1
4
14
116
M6 For 160,180
M8 For ND200
RUBBER GASKET
CONDUIT ENTRY
SIZE:1"BSC
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.ND160-56D
69 70
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR FRAME
ND/C 160, ND/C 180, ND200
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.G.L. SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARENCES ARE AS PER IS: 4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE: PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
C200-C250,ND225-ND280
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.C.L.SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEP AGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE : PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
AUX. TERM.BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.250-38
TERMINAL BOX.
CONDUIT ENTRY 1.5" BSC
RUBBER GASKET
CABLE DIVIDING BOX
SHORTING LINK
INTERNAL SOCKET
CREEPAGE
TERMINAL BOX COVER
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
PHASE TO PHASE
CLEARANCE
EARTHING STUD
SIZE MB
AUX TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMOSTOR
ONLY WHEN REQUIRED
CONDUIT ENTRY 3/4 BSC
TERMINAL BLOCK
25 MIN
251
282
152
130
130
U1 V2
V1
W2 1
2
M
I
N
5
6
2
6
0
2
4
1
S
Q
.
I
N
S
I
D
E
5
6
W1
U2
54
410
6
0
7
0
105
M8
3
0
1
4
1
9
8
7
5
1
5
2
1
6
U1
V1
W1
W2
V2
18
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARENCE
TERMINAL BOX COVER
237
P
H
A
S
E
T
O
E
A
R
T
H
C
L
E
A
R
E
N
C
E
1
5
0
1
8
0
U2
SHORTING LINK
INTERNAL WDG.SOCKET
TERMINAL BLOCK
25 MIN.CREEPAGE
196
EARTHING STUD M8
1
0
6
9
6
35
32
2
2
M
I
N
2
4
STUD SIZE
1
4
14
116
M6 For 160,180
M8 For ND200
RUBBER GASKET
CONDUIT ENTRY
SIZE:1"BSC
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.ND160-56D
69 70
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
ND315L-355LX, C315MX
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
ND/C280 - ND/C315
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.C.L.SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEP AGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE : PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
TERMINAL BOX ASSY. 315-38
AUX.TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATHER / THERMISTOR
ONLY WHEN REQUIRED
CONDUIT ENTRY 3/4" BSC.
TERM.
BLOCK
TERM.
BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BOX
CONDUIT ENTRY 2" BSC.
INTERNAL
SOCKET
U1
V1
W1
V2
W2
U2
AUX. TERM. BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
EARTHING STUD SIZE MB
TERMINAL BOX COVER
CABLE DIVIDING BOX
RUBBER GASKET
2
0
3
3
2
7
1
9
8
9
0
1
0
2
3
0
8
S
Q
.
I
N
S
I
D
E
1
7
5
8
0
4
0
3
0
M12
SHORTING LINK
2
0
7
0
7
0
7
6
8
4
P
H
A
S
E
T
O
P
H
A
S
E
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
130
166.5
81
35
25 MIN.
CREEP AGE
114
113
312
375
203
540
130
AUX. TERM.BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
AUX.TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTER
ONLY WHEN REQD
CONDUIT ENTRY3/4" BSC. 130
130
9
0
1
6
0
V2 U1
V1 W2
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
1
2
M
I
N
.
P
N
A
S
E
T
O
P
H
A
S
E
2
8
5
3
9
2
I
N
S
I
D
E
S
Q
4
2
0
W1 U2
1
0
6
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
2
5
0
2
5
.
M
I
N
TERMINAL BOX
COVER
EARTHING TERMINAL
SIZE M8
209.5
628
418
208.5
CABLE DIVIDING BOX.
STUD SIZE
M12-FOR315 FRAME
M16-FOR 355 FRAME
165
127 100
4
6
2
1
9
25 MIN.
CREEPAGE
3
0
370
1
2
6
1
4
0
CONDUIT ENTRY2.5BSC
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.250-131
1)CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.G.L SCOPE OF SUPPLY
3)CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
4)CABLE TYPE:PVC INSULATED,PVC SHEATHED,ARMOURED,ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
71 72
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
ND315L-355LX, C315MX
TERMINAL BOX ARRANGEMENT FOR
ND/C280 - ND/C315
1) CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.C.L.SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2) CREEP AGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
3) CABLE TYPE : PVC INSULATED, PVC SHEATHED, ARMOURED, ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
TERMINAL BOX ASSY. 315-38
AUX.TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATHER / THERMISTOR
ONLY WHEN REQUIRED
CONDUIT ENTRY 3/4" BSC.
TERM.
BLOCK
TERM.
BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BOX
CONDUIT ENTRY 2" BSC.
INTERNAL
SOCKET
U1
V1
W1
V2
W2
U2
AUX. TERM. BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
EARTHING STUD SIZE MB
TERMINAL BOX COVER
CABLE DIVIDING BOX
RUBBER GASKET
2
0
3
3
2
7
1
9
8
9
0
1
0
2
3
0
8
S
Q
.
I
N
S
I
D
E
1
7
5
8
0
4
0
3
0
M12
SHORTING LINK
2
0
7
0
7
0
7
6
8
4
P
H
A
S
E
T
O
P
H
A
S
E
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
130
166.5
81
35
25 MIN.
CREEP AGE
114
113
312
375
203
540
130
AUX. TERM.BOX TOP VIEW
(WITHOUT COVER)
ONLY WHEN REQD.
AUX.TERM.BOX FOR SPACE HEATER/THERMISTER
ONLY WHEN REQD
CONDUIT ENTRY3/4" BSC. 130
130
9
0
1
6
0
V2 U1
V1 W2
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
1
2
M
I
N
.
P
N
A
S
E
T
O
P
H
A
S
E
2
8
5
3
9
2
I
N
S
I
D
E
S
Q
4
2
0
W1 U2
1
0
6
PHASE TO EARTH
CLEARANCE
2
5
0
2
5
.
M
I
N
TERMINAL BOX
COVER
EARTHING TERMINAL
SIZE M8
209.5
628
418
208.5
CABLE DIVIDING BOX.
STUD SIZE
M12-FOR315 FRAME
M16-FOR 355 FRAME
165
127 100
4
6
2
1
9
25 MIN.
CREEPAGE
3
0
370
1
2
6
1
4
0
CONDUIT ENTRY2.5BSC
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX ASSY.250-131
1)CUSTOMER SOCKETS OUTSIDE C.G.L SCOPE OF SUPPLY
3)CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES ARE AS PER IS:4999 PART 145
4)CABLE TYPE:PVC INSULATED,PVC SHEATHED,ARMOURED,ALUMINIUM CABLE OF 650/1100V GRADE
71 72
PERFORMANCE DATA
3 - PHASE TEFC SCR INDUCTION MOTOR
VOLTAGE : 415 10% V TYPE : SQUIRREL CAGE (SCR) AMBIENT : 50 DEG C
FREQUENCY : 50 5% Hz RATING : CONTINUOUS TEMP. RISE ( R ) : 70 DEG C
COMBINED : 10 % (ABSOLUTE) INSULATION : CLASS 'F' WITH CLASS 'B' DEGREE OF : IP55
VARIATION TEMP. RISE PROTECTION
OUTPUT P FRAME FL FLC FLT EFFICIENCY (%) POWER FACTOR DOL STG. POT GD. NET
O SIZE RPM AMPS. Kg-m FL 3/4 1/2 FL 3/4 1/2 STG.T STG.C % FLT KGM. WT.
kW HP L LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD % FLT % FLC kG
E
0.18 0.25 2 SD63 2700 0.60 0.06 64.0 62.0 58.0 0.79 0.68 0.59 300 500 350 0.001 5.6
4 SD63 1330 0.60 0.13 64.0 62.0 58.0 0.79 0.73 0.60 200 400 250 0.003 5.6
6 SD71 900 0.64 0.19 61.0 64.0 60.0 0.68 0.60 0.50 200 400 250 0.004 7.0
0.25 0.33 2 SD63 2700 0.65 0.09 68.0 67.0 63.0 0.79 0.72 0.60 275 500 325 0.001 5.6
4 SD71 1350 0.73 0.18 68.0 67.0 63.0 0.70 0.64 0.54 225 400 275 0.004 7.0
6 SD71 890 1.20 0.27 60.0 55.0 48.0 0.60 0.50 0.40 180 400 225 0.004 7.0
8 SD/ND80 670 1.10 0.36 52.0 46.0 36.0 0.50 0.42 0.32 170 400 200 0.011 10/17
0.37 0.50 2 SD71 2820 0.95 0.13 71.5 70.0 66.00 0.79 0.75 0.68 275 500 325 0.002 7.0
4 SD71 1400 1.12 0.26 71.5 70.0 66.00 0.65 0.60 0.53 225 500 275 0.004 7.0
6 SD/ND80 910 1.05 0.40 69.0 68.0 66.0 0.71 0.63 0.52 210 400 250 0.011 10/17
8 SD/ND90S 680 1.40 0.53 65.0 64.0 60.0 0.57 0.50 0.40 170 400 220 0.015 13/22
0.55 0.75 2 SD71 2800 1.30 0.19 73.0 72.0 68.0 0.81 0.76 0.71 275 500 300 0.002 7.0
4 SD/ND80 1410 1.45 0.38 73.0 73.0 69.5 0.73 0.67 0.54 200 500 250 0.007 10/17
6 SD/ND80 910 1.55 0.59 69.0 68.0 66.0 0.71 0.63 0.52 200 400 260 0.011 10/17
8 SD/ND90L 680 1.75 0.79 69.0 68.0 64.0 0.63 0.54 0.45 150 400 200 0.021 13/22
0.75 1.00 2 SD/ND80 2820 1.65 0.26 77.0 76.0 74.0 0.81 0.73 0.62 250 600 300 0.003 10/17
4 SD/ND80 1410 1.75 0.52 77.0 76.0 74.0 0.78 0.75 0.64 200 500 250 0.007 10/17
6 SD/ND90S 935 2.00 0.78 73.0 71.0 69.0 0.72 0.65 0.58 200 400 250 0.015 13/22
8 SD/ND100L 700 2.55 1.04 70.0 69.0 64.0 0.58 0.51 0.41 175 400 225 0.030 19/32
1.10 1.50 2 SD/ND80* 2820 2.35 0.38 79.0 78.0 76.0 0.82 0.77 0.70 225 600 275 0.004 10/17
4 SD/ND90S 1415 2.50 0.76 78.0 76.0 74.0 0.78 0.75 0.64 200 500 250 0.014 13/22
6 SD/ND90L 935 2.85 1.15 76.0 76.0 74.00 0.72 0.66 0.58 200 500 250 0.021 16/25
8 SD100L/ 700 3.30 1.53 72.5 71.0 68.0 0.63 0.54 0.44 175 400 225 0.034 19/35
ND100L
1.50 2.00 2 SD/ND90S 2830 3.10 0.52 80.0 79.0 77.0 0.82 0.77 0.70 225 600 275 0.006 13/22
4 SD/ND90L 1415 3.20 1.03 80.0 79.0 77.0 0.81 0.78 0.71 200 500 250 0.019 16/25
6 SD/ND100L 935 3.70 1.56 78.0 78.0 76.0 0.72 0.66 0.58 200 400 250 0.030 19/32
8 SD112M/ 700 4.00 2.09 77.0 77.0 75.0 0.68 0.60 0.52 190 400 240 0.057 29/45
ND112M
2.20 3.00 2 SD/ND90L 2830 4.60 0.76 81.0 80.0 78.0 0.82 0.77 0.70 250 600 300 0.008 16/25
4 SD/ND100L 1440 4.50 1.49 82.0 81.0 79.0 0.82 0.78 0.72 200 600 250 0.030 19/32
6 SD/ND112M 935 5.10 2.29 80.0 80.0 78.0 0.75 0.71 0.63 200 500 250 0.048 29/42
8 SD/ND132S 710 5.40 3.02 78.0 78.0 76.0 0.73 0.68 0.61 180 450 230 0.174 42/68
3.00 4.00 2 SD/ND100L 2865 6.00 1.03 83.0 82.0 80.0 0.85 0.81 0.73 250 600 300 0.022 19/32
4 SD/ND100L 1425 6.10 2.05 83.0 82.0 80.0 0.82 0.78 0.72 200 600 250 0.034 19/36
6 SD/ND132S 940 6.30 3.10 84.0 83.0 80.0 0.79 0.75 0.68 200 500 250 0.174 42/68
8 SD/ND132M 710 7.00 4.17 80.0 79.0 77.0 0.74 0.70 0.62 170 500 220 0.214 45/79
3.70 5.00 2 SD/ND100L 2840 7.20 1.25 84.5 84.3 82.0 0.85 0.81 0.73 250 600 300 0.022 19/36
4 SD/ND112M 1430 7.40 2.50 85.0 85.0 83.0 0.82 0.78 0.72 200 600 250 0.052 29/42
6 SDND132S 950 7.70 3.79 85.0 84.0 82.0 0.79 0.73 0.63 200 600 250 0.174 42/68
8 SD/ND132M 710 8.40 5.08 83.0 83.0 81.0 0.74 0.70 0.62 180 600 230 0.214 45/79
5.50 7.50 2 ND112M* 2880 10.00 1.86 86.0 86.0 84.0 0.89 0.85 0.80 250 650 300 0.034 45.0
2 SD132S 2865 10.50 1.86 86.0 85.0 83.0 0.85 0.82 0.76 200 600 300 0.034 42.0
4 SD/ND132S 1450 10.10 3.69 86.0 85.0 83.0 0.88 0.85 0.75 225 600 275 0.131 42/68
6 SD/ND132M* 950 11.30 5.64 85.0 84.0 82.0 0.80 0.75 0.68 200 600 250 0.214 45/79
7.50 10.00 2 SD/ND132S 2880 13.30 2.53 88.0 88.0 86.0 0.89 0.85 0.80 250 600 300 0.062 45/68
4 SD/ND132M 1455 13.60 5.02 87.0 86.0 84.0 0.88 0.85 0.75 225 600 275 0.161 45/79
9.30 12.50 2 ND132M 2890 16.70 3.13 88.0 87.0 85.0 0.89 0.85 0.80 250 700 300 0.076 79.0
9.30 12.50 4 ND132M 1460 17.50 6.25 88.5 88.5 86.5 0.84 0.81 0.73 200 600 250 0.310 82.0
2
2
76
PERFORMANCE DATA
73
77
PERFORMANCE DATA
OUTPUT P FRAME FL FLC FLT EFFICIENCY (%) POWER FACTOR DOL STG. POT GD. NET
O SIZE RPM AMPS. Kg-m FL 3/4 1/2 FL 3/4 1/2 STG.T STG.C % FLT KGM. WT.
kW HP L LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD % FLT % FLC kG
E
3.70 5.00 8 ND160M 710 8.0 5.08 83.0 83.0 81.0 0.74 0.70 0.62 150 500 200 0.46 120
4.0 5.5 8 ND160M 710 8.0 5.48 83.0 83.0 81.0 0.74 0.70 0.62 150 500 200 0.46 121
5.50 7.50 6 ND160M 970 11.0 5.52 86.0 86.0 84.0 0.80 0.76 0.68 200 550 250 0.46 120
8 ND160M 710 12.0 7.55 85.0 85.0 83.0 0.74 0.70 0.62 150 500 200 0.46 120
7.50 10.00 4 ND160M 1460 14.0 5.00 87.0 87.0 85.0 0.85 0.81 0.73 225 600 275 0.31 120
6 ND160M 975 15.0 7.49 87.5 87.0 85.0 0.80 0.76 0.68 200 550 250 0.46 120
8 ND160L 710 16.0 10.29 85.0 85.0 83.0 0.76 0.72 0.64 150 500 200 0.64 146
9.3 12.5 6 ND160L 975 18.0 9.29 87.5 87.0 84.0 0.80 0.76 0.68 200 550 250 0.59 146
8 ND180M 720 20.0 12.58 86.0 86.0 84.0 0.74 0.70 0.60 175 500 225 0.99 174
11 15 2 ND160M 2920 20.0 3.67 89.0 88.0 86.0 0.88 0.86 0.78 250 650 300 0.13 120
4 ND160M 1460 21.0 7.34 89.0 89.0 86.0 0.82 0.79 0.70 200 600 250 0.36 120
6 ND160L 975 22.0 10.99 88.0 87.5 86.0 0.80 0.76 0.68 200 550 250 0.64 146
8 ND180L 720 24.0 14.88 87.0 87.0 85.0 0.74 0.70 0.60 175 500 225 1.16 205
15 20 2 ND160M 2920 26.0 5.00 89.5 89.5 87.5 0.88 0.86 0.79 250 650 300 0.17 120
4 ND160L 1460 27.0 10.01 90.0 90.0 88.0 0.85 0.83 0.75 200 600 250 0.47 146
6 ND180L 975 29.0 14.98 90.0 90.0 88.0 0.79 0.73 0.66 225 600 275 1.16 205
8 ND200L 725 33.0 20.15 88.5 88.5 86.5 0.71 0.65 0.55 225 500 275 2.14 270
18.5 25 2 ND160L 2920 32.0 6.17 90.0 90.0 88.0 0.88 0.86 0.79 275 650 325 0.21 146
4 ND180M 1475 33.0 12.22 92.0 92.0 90.0 0.84 0.80 0.72 200 600 250 0.81 170
6 ND200L 975 34.0 18.48 91.1 91.1 89.9 0.84 0.82 0.73 200 550 250 1.69 270
8 ND225S 725 39.0 24.85 89.0 89.0 87.0 0.75 0.71 0.63 175 500 225 3.24 345
22 30 2 ND180M 2930 41.0 7.31 91.0 91.0 89.0 0.83 0.80 0.72 225 600 275 0.44 164
4 ND180L 1475 40.0 14.53 92.0 92.0 90.0 0.84 0.80 0.72 200 600 250 0.95 205
6 ND200L 975 40.0 21.98 91.5 91.5 90.1 0.84 0.82 0.78 200 550 250 2.04 270
8 ND225M 725 46.0 29.56 89.0 89.0 87.0 0.75 0.71 0.63 175 550 225 3.61 375
30 40 2 ND200L 2950 51.0 9.91 91.5 91.5 90.0 0.90 0.89 0.87 200 600 250 0.80 270
4 ND200L 1475 51.0 19.81 92.0 92.0 90.2 0.89 0.86 0.78 250 600 300 1.62 270
6 ND225M 980 53.0 29.82 92.0 92.0 90.5 0.85 0.82 0.73 200 550 250 3.61 375
8 ND250M 735 61.0 39.76 91.0 90.5 88.5 0.75 0.71 0.63 175 550 225 4.82 465
37 50 2 ND200L 2950 62.0 12.22 92.5 92.0 90.0 0.90 0.89 0.87 200 600 250 0.89 270
4 ND225S 1480 63.0 24.35 92.5 92.5 91.6 0.89 0.86 0.78 250 600 300 2.64 345
6 ND250M 980 66.0 36.77 93.0 93.0 92.0 0.84 0.81 0.72 250 600 300 4.82 465
8* ND250M 735 76.0 49.03 90.5 90.5 88.5 0.75 0.71 0.63 200 500 250 4.82 500
8 ND280S 735 75.0 49.03 91.5 91.5 89.5 0.75 0.71 0.63 200 500 250 8.01 600
45 60 2 ND225M 2955 73.0 14.83 92.6 92.0 90.0 0.94 0.92 0.88 225 650 275 1.87 375
4 ND225M 1480 76.0 29.61 93.0 93.0 91.5 0.89 0.86 0.78 250 600 300 3.13 375
6* Nd250m 980 76.0 44.72 93.0 93.0 91.0 0.84 0.81 0.72 250 600 300 4.82 500
6 ND280S 980 79.0 44.72 93.0 93.0 91.0 0.85 0.82 0.73 250 600 300 8.01 600
8 ND280M 725 91.0 60.46 92.0 92.0 90.5 0.75 0.71 0.63 175 500 225 9.89 630
55 75 2 ND250M 2955 87.0 18.13 93.5 93.0 90.5 0.94 0.92 0.88 175 600 225 1.79 465
4 ND250M 1475 92.0 36.32 93.5 93.5 92.0 0.89 0.86 0.82 200 600 250 3.45 465
6 ND280M 980 95.0 54.66 93.5 93.5 92.5 0.86 0.82 0.74 175 600 225 9.89 630
8* ND280M 735 110.0 72.88 92.5 92.5 91.0 0.75 0.71 0.63 175 600 225 9.89 700
8 ND315S 740 113.0 72.39 93.0 93.0 91.5 0.73 0.66 0.56 200 550 300 14.12 900
75 100 2* ND250M 2955 88.0 24.72 93.7 93.0 91.3 0.94 0.92 0.88 175 600 225 2.79 500
2 ND280S 2975 124.0 24.55 93.6 93.5 92.0 0.90 0.86 0.78 225 600 275 2.79 600
4* ND250M 1475 125.0 49.53 93.5 93.5 92.0 0.89 0.86 0.82 200 600 250 3.80 520
4 ND280S 1480 123.0 49.36 94.0 94.0 2.5 0.90 0.88 0.84 250 600 300 7.21 600
6* ND280M 980 129.0 74.54 93.8 93.8 92.5 0.86 0.82 0.74 175 600 225 9.89 700
6 ND315S 987 129.0 74.01 94.0 94.0 92.5 0.83 0.80 0.72 250 600 300 14.12 900
8 ND315M 740 153.0 98.72 93.5 93.5 91.5 0.73 0.66 0.56 200 600 250 18.98 950
90 120 2 ND280M 2975 148.0 29.47 94.2 94.0 92.5 0.90 0.86 0.78 225 600 275 3.4 630
4 ND280M 1480 147.0 59.23 94.5 94.5 92.5 0.90 0.88 0.84 250 600 300 8.26 630
6 ND315M 987 155.0 88.81 94.2 94.2 93.5 0.85 0.82 0.71 225 600 275 17.00 950
8* ND315M 740 171.0 118.46 94.0 94.0 92.0 0.78 0.74 0.66 250 600 300 16.99 1130
8 ND315L 740 178.0 118.46 94.0 94.0 92.0 0.76 0.72 0.64 200 500 250 29.85 1130
2
2
74
78
OUTPUT P FRAME FL FLC FLT EFFICIENCY (%) POWER FACTOR DOL STG. POT GD. NET
O SIZE RPM AMPS. Kg-m FL 3/4 1/2 FL 3/4 1/2 STG.T STG.C % FLT KGM. WT.
kW HP L LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD % FLT % FLC kG
E
110 150 2 ND315S 2965 173.0 36.13 94.0 94.0 92.5 0.94 0.91 0.84 200 600 250 5.82 900
4* ND280M 1480 180.0 72.39 94.3 94.3 92.3 0.90 0.86 0.78 250 600 300 8.26 660
4 ND315S 1485 176.0 72.00 94.5 94.5 92.0 0.92 0.88 0.80 225 600 275 11.62 900
6 ND315M 987 188.0 108.55 94.5 94.5 93.5 0.86 0.82 0.72 200 600 250 18.98 950
8* ND315M 740 209.0 131.62 94.0 94.0 92.0 0.78 0.74 0.66 200 250 250 29.85 1200
8 ND315L 740 217.0 144.78 94.2 94.0 92.0 0.75 0.72 0.68 250 600 300 29.85 1130
132 180 2 ND315M 2965 208.0 43.36 94.8 94.0 92.5 0.94 0.90 0.82 200 600 250 7.97 950
4 ND315M 1485 210.0 86.40 95.0 95.0 94.0 0.92 0.88 0.80 225 600 275 13.9 950
6 ND315L 985 226.0 130.53 95.0 94.5 93.5 0.86 0.82 0.74 250 600 300 29.85 1130
8 ND315L 740 259.0 173.74 94.5 94.5 92.5 0.75 0.72 0.68 225 600 275 29.85 1130
150 200 2 ND315L 2975 235.0 49.11 95.0 94.5 92.5 0.94 0.92 0.90 175 600 225 16.37 1130
4 ND315M 1488 239.0 98.19 95.2 95.0 94.0 0.92 0.88 0.80 225 600 275 15.61 950
6 ND315L 990 257.0 147.58 95.0 94.5 93.5 0.86 0.82 0.74 250 600 300 29.85 1130
8 ND355L 740 296.0 197.43 95.0 93.0 91.0 0.75 0.72 0.68 150 600 200 33.16 2100
160 215 2 ND315L 2975 249.0 52.38 95.0 94.5 93.5 0.94 0.92 0.90 175 600 225 16.37 1130
4 ND315L 1490 260.0 104.59 95.3 95.3 94.0 0.90 0.86 0.78 200 600 250 24.97 1130
6 ND315L 990 273.0 157.41 95.0 94.5 93.5 0.86 0.82 0.74 250 600 300 29.85 1130
8 ND355L 740 316.0 210.59 95.0 93.0 91.0 0.75 0.72 0.68 175 600 225 36.73 2100
180 240 2 ND315L 2975 280.0 58.93 95.0 94.5 93.5 0.94 0.92 0.90 200 600 250 16.37 1130
4 ND315L 1490 293.0 117.66 95.3 95.0 94.0 0.90 0.88 0.84 225 600 275 24.97 1130.
6 ND355L 990 315.0 177.09 95.0 93.5 91.0 0.84 0.81 0.72 225 600 275 33.16 2100
8 ND355LX 745 353.0 235.33 95.0 94.5 92.5 0.75 0.72 0.68 135 500 185 61.40 2150
200 270 2 ND315L 2975 310.0 65.48 95.5 95.5 94.0 0.94 0.92 0.90 200 600 250 16.37 1130
4 ND315L 1490 324.0 130.74 95.5 95.5 94.0 0.90 0.88 0.84 225 600 275 24.97 1130
6 ND355LX 991 351.0 196.57 95.0 94.0 91.0 0.84 0.81 0.72 150 600 200 55.26 2150
8 ND355LX 745 403.0 261.48 94.5 94.5 92.5 0.73 0.66 0.56 135 500 185 61.40 2150
225 302 2 ND355L 2980 341.0 73.54 95.5 95.5 94.0 0.96 0.92 0.88 175 600 225 25.70 2100
4 ND355L 1490 372.0 147.08 95.5 95.5 94.0 0.88 0.86 0.82 185 600 235 35.57 2100
6 ND355LX 991 394.0 221.14 94.5 94.5 92.0 0.84 0.81 0.73 150 600 200 61.40 2150
8 ND355LX 745 454.0 294.16 94.5 94.5 92.5 0.70 0.64 0.60 135 500 185 61.40 2150
250 335 2 ND355LX 2980 379.0 81.71 95.5 95.0 93.5 0.96 0.92 0.88 175 650 225 25.70 2150
4 ND355L 1490 413.0 163.42 95.7 95.7 94.5 0.88 0.86 0.82 185 600 235 35.57 2100
6 ND355LX 993 434.0 245.22 95.5 95.0 94.0 0.84 0.81 0.73 150 600 200 61.40 2150
275 369 2 ND355LX 2980 417 89.88 95.5 95.0 93.5 0.96 0.92 0.88 175 650 225 25.70 2150
4 ND355LX 1490 454 179.76 95.7 95.7 94.5 0.88 0.86 0.82 185 600 235 35.57 2150
6 ND355LX 990 477.0 270.56 95.5 95.0 94.0 0.84 0.81 0.73 150 65 200 39.52 2150
315 425 2 ND355LX 2980 478.0 102.96 95.5 95.5 94.0 0.96 0.92 0.88 200 600 250 30.70 2150
4 ND355LX 1492 496.0 205.64 96.0 96.0 94.5 0.92 0.90 0.88 175 600 225 39.52 2150
350 470 2* ND355LX 2980 543.0 114.39 95.5 95.5 93.5 0.94 0.90 0.86 175 700 225 30.38 2150
350 4* ND355LX 1485 557.0 229.56 95 95 93 0.92 0.90 0.88 150 650 200 39.52 2150
2
2
NOTE : All performance figures are subject to tolerances as per IEC - 34 or IS 325 - 1996.
FL - Full Load, STG = Starting, C - Current, T - Torque, DOL - Direct on line, S/D - Star/Delta
* With class 'F' temperature rise. (90 C rise)
0
PERFORMANCE DATA
OUTPUT P FRAME FL FLC FLT EFFICIENCY (%) POWER FACTOR DOL STG. POT GD. NET
O SIZE RPM AMPS. Kg-m FL 3/4 1/2 FL 3/4 1/2 STG.T STG.C % FLT KGM. WT.
kW HP L LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD % FLT % FLC kG
E
1.1 1.5 2 SD/ND90S 2830 2.3 0.4 77.0 72.0 64.0 0.82 0.76 0.68 250 600 300 0.006 13/22
5.5 7.5 2 ND132S 2865 10.5 1.9 84.0 82.0 79.0 0.89 0.84 0.76 250 600 300 0.062 68
2
2
75
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE TEFC SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE TEFC SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
ALUMNIUM BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
63 CARTON 5.6 7.5 295 190 230 0.013
71 CARTON 7.0 9.0 295 190 230 0.013
80 CARTON 10.0 13.0 340 230 250 0.019
90S CARTON 13.0 17.0 400 235 305 0.029
90L CARTON 16.0 20.0 400 235 305 0.029
100L CARTON 19.0 24.0 430 265 330 0.038
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
160M WOODEN 121 184 826 500 615 0.0254
160L WOODEN 143 206 826 500 615 0.0254
180M WOODEN 174 246 930 525 655 0.032
180L WOODEN 204 276 930 525 655 0.032
200L WOODEN 254 368 1275 725 790 0.073
225S WOODEN 350 464 1275 725 790 0.073
225M WOODEN 380 494 1275 725 790 0.073
250S WOODEN 460 601 1530 785 890 1.06
250M WOODEN 500 641 1530 785 890 1.06
280S WOODEN 620 761 1530 785 890 1.06
280M WOODEN 700 841 1530 785 890 1.06
315S WOODEN 1056 1306 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315M WOODEN 1130 1380 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315L WOODEN 1200 1480 1830 1102 1115 2.25
355L WOODEN 2020 2425 1900 1375 1325 3.46
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON SIDE
D80 CARTON 17 21 360 295 245 0.026
D90S CARTON 22 26 410 310 270 0.034
D90L CARTON 25 29 410 310 270 0.034
90S CARTON 22 26 410 310 270 0.034
90L CARTON 25 29 410 310 270 0.034
100L CARTON 32 37 465 345 290 0.047
100LX CARTON 35 40 465 345 290 0.047
112M CARTON 42 48 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 42 59 525 410 355 0.076
112MX CARTON 45 51 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 45 62 525 410 355 0.076
132S CARTON 68 76 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 68 92 625 445 410 0.114
132M CARTON 79 88 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 79 103 635 445 410 0.114
160M WOODEN 121 179 826 615 535 0.27
160L WOODEN 143 204 826 615 535 0.27
180M WOODEN 174 250 935 715 570 0.38
180L WOODEN 204 280 935 715 570 0.38
200L WOODEN 254 366 1025 825 700 0.59
225S WOODEN 350 462 1025 825 700 0.59
225M WOODEN 380 492 1025 825 700 0.59
250S WOODEN 460 586 1150 845 710 0.69
250M WOODEN 500 628 1150 845 710 0.69
280S WOODEN 620 766 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 700 846 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 1056 1319 1730 1170 925 1.88
315M WOODEN 1130 1393 1730 1170 925 1.88
315L WOODEN 1200 1475 1730 1170 925 1.88
355L WOODEN 2020 2300 1730 1170 925 1.88
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
ALUMNIUM BODY MOTORS - TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
63D CARTON 5.6 7.5 295 190 230 0.012
71D CARTON 7.0 9.0 295 190 230 0.012
80D CARTON 10.0 13.0 340 230 250 0.02
90SD CARTON 13.0 17.0 400 235 305 0.029
90LD CARTON 16.0 20.0 400 235 305 0.029
100LD CARTON 19.0 24.0 430 265 330 0.038
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS - TERMINAL BOX ON SIDE
D80D CARTON 19 23 360 295 250 0.027
D90SD CARTON 24 29 410 310 270 0.034
D90LD CARTON 27 32 425 310 270 0.034
90SD CARTON 24 29 410 310 270 0.034
90LD CARTON 27 32 410 310 270 0.034
100LD CARTON 34 39 465 345 290 0.047
100LXD CARTON 37 42 465 345 290 0.047
112MD CARTON 45 51 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 45 72 555 445 405 0.100
112MXD CARTON 48 54 495 370 320 0.0562
WOODEN 48 75 555 445 405 0.1000
132SD CARTON 71 79 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 71 108 660 490 465 0.1504
132MD CARTON 82 91 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 82 119 762 442 407 0.137
160M WOODEN 127 204 900 655 610 0.36
160L WOODEN 148 225 900 655 610 0.36
180M WOODEN 181 258 900 655 610 0.36
180L WOODEN 215 292 900 655 610 0.36
200L WOODEN 258 406 1142 885 839 0.84
225S WOODEN 363 511 1142 885 839 0.84
225M WOODEN 393 541 1142 885 839 0.84
250S WOODEN 467 705 992 902 1246 1.11
250M WOODEN 507 745 992 902 1246 1.11
280S WOODEN 620 898 1072 1072 1431 1.64
280M WOODEN 700 978 1072 1072 1431 1.64
315S WOODEN 1086 1424 1280 1210 1545 2.39
315M WOODEN 1160 1498 1280 1210 1545 2.39
315L WOODEN 1200 1624 1850 1450 1275 3.42
355L WOODEN 2020 2300 1850 1450 1275 3.42
76 80
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE TEFC SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE TEFC SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
ALUMNIUM BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
63 CARTON 5.6 7.5 295 190 230 0.013
71 CARTON 7.0 9.0 295 190 230 0.013
80 CARTON 10.0 13.0 340 230 250 0.019
90S CARTON 13.0 17.0 400 235 305 0.029
90L CARTON 16.0 20.0 400 235 305 0.029
100L CARTON 19.0 24.0 430 265 330 0.038
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
160M WOODEN 121 184 826 500 615 0.0254
160L WOODEN 143 206 826 500 615 0.0254
180M WOODEN 174 246 930 525 655 0.032
180L WOODEN 204 276 930 525 655 0.032
200L WOODEN 254 368 1275 725 790 0.073
225S WOODEN 350 464 1275 725 790 0.073
225M WOODEN 380 494 1275 725 790 0.073
250S WOODEN 460 601 1530 785 890 1.06
250M WOODEN 500 641 1530 785 890 1.06
280S WOODEN 620 761 1530 785 890 1.06
280M WOODEN 700 841 1530 785 890 1.06
315S WOODEN 1056 1306 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315M WOODEN 1130 1380 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315L WOODEN 1200 1480 1830 1102 1115 2.25
355L WOODEN 2020 2425 1900 1375 1325 3.46
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS TERMINAL BOX ON SIDE
D80 CARTON 17 21 360 295 245 0.026
D90S CARTON 22 26 410 310 270 0.034
D90L CARTON 25 29 410 310 270 0.034
90S CARTON 22 26 410 310 270 0.034
90L CARTON 25 29 410 310 270 0.034
100L CARTON 32 37 465 345 290 0.047
100LX CARTON 35 40 465 345 290 0.047
112M CARTON 42 48 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 42 59 525 410 355 0.076
112MX CARTON 45 51 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 45 62 525 410 355 0.076
132S CARTON 68 76 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 68 92 625 445 410 0.114
132M CARTON 79 88 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 79 103 635 445 410 0.114
160M WOODEN 121 179 826 615 535 0.27
160L WOODEN 143 204 826 615 535 0.27
180M WOODEN 174 250 935 715 570 0.38
180L WOODEN 204 280 935 715 570 0.38
200L WOODEN 254 366 1025 825 700 0.59
225S WOODEN 350 462 1025 825 700 0.59
225M WOODEN 380 492 1025 825 700 0.59
250S WOODEN 460 586 1150 845 710 0.69
250M WOODEN 500 628 1150 845 710 0.69
280S WOODEN 620 766 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 700 846 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 1056 1319 1730 1170 925 1.88
315M WOODEN 1130 1393 1730 1170 925 1.88
315L WOODEN 1200 1475 1730 1170 925 1.88
355L WOODEN 2020 2300 1730 1170 925 1.88
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
ALUMNIUM BODY MOTORS - TERMINAL BOX ON TOP
63D CARTON 5.6 7.5 295 190 230 0.012
71D CARTON 7.0 9.0 295 190 230 0.012
80D CARTON 10.0 13.0 340 230 250 0.02
90SD CARTON 13.0 17.0 400 235 305 0.029
90LD CARTON 16.0 20.0 400 235 305 0.029
100LD CARTON 19.0 24.0 430 265 330 0.038
CAST IRON BODY MOTORS - TERMINAL BOX ON SIDE
D80D CARTON 19 23 360 295 250 0.027
D90SD CARTON 24 29 410 310 270 0.034
D90LD CARTON 27 32 425 310 270 0.034
90SD CARTON 24 29 410 310 270 0.034
90LD CARTON 27 32 410 310 270 0.034
100LD CARTON 34 39 465 345 290 0.047
100LXD CARTON 37 42 465 345 290 0.047
112MD CARTON 45 51 495 370 320 0.059
WOODEN 45 72 555 445 405 0.100
112MXD CARTON 48 54 495 370 320 0.0562
WOODEN 48 75 555 445 405 0.1000
132SD CARTON 71 79 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 71 108 660 490 465 0.1504
132MD CARTON 82 91 600 430 380 0.098
WOODEN 82 119 762 442 407 0.137
160M WOODEN 127 204 900 655 610 0.36
160L WOODEN 148 225 900 655 610 0.36
180M WOODEN 181 258 900 655 610 0.36
180L WOODEN 215 292 900 655 610 0.36
200L WOODEN 258 406 1142 885 839 0.84
225S WOODEN 363 511 1142 885 839 0.84
225M WOODEN 393 541 1142 885 839 0.84
250S WOODEN 467 705 992 902 1246 1.11
250M WOODEN 507 745 992 902 1246 1.11
280S WOODEN 620 898 1072 1072 1431 1.64
280M WOODEN 700 978 1072 1072 1431 1.64
315S WOODEN 1086 1424 1280 1210 1545 2.39
315M WOODEN 1160 1498 1280 1210 1545 2.39
315L WOODEN 1200 1624 1850 1450 1275 3.42
355L WOODEN 2020 2300 1850 1450 1275 3.42
79 77
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 121 192 826 615 535 0.27
160L WOODEN 131 202 875 705 585 0.27
180M WOODEN 185 291 1023 826 696 0.59
180L WOODEN 205 311 1023 826 696 0.59
200M WOODEN 260 366 1023 826 696 0.59
200L WOODEN 300 406 1023 826 696 0.59
225M/MX WOODEN 340 446 1025 826 696 0.59
250S WOODEN 425 563 1306 1030 745 1.00
250M WOODEN 480 618 1306 1030 745 1.00
280S WOODEN 620 834 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 710 924 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 865 1118 1730 1170 930 1.88
315M WOODEN 950 1203 1730 1170 930 1.88
315MX WOODEN 1150 1403 1730 1170 930 1.88
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
DW132S WOODEN 88 126 820 600 550 0.27
DW132M WOODEN 111 149 820 600 550 0.27
NDW160M WOODEN 141 243 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW160L WOODEN 165 267 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW180M WOODEN 205 307 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW180L WOODEN 235 337 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW200L WOODEN 285 393 1275 725 790 0.73
NDW225S WOODEN 380 488 1275 725 790 0.73
NDW225M WOODEN 410 518 1275 725 790 0.73
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 130 202 796 620 591 0.29
160L WOODEN 140 212 796 620 591 0.29
180M WOODEN 195 267 846 756 656 0.42
180L WOODEN 215 287 846 756 656 0.42
200L WOODEN 310 452 1142 810 839 0.78
225M WOODEN 360 502 1142 810 839 0.78
250M WOODEN 495 725 992 902 1246 1.14
280M WOODEN 725 991 1162 1012 1296 1.52
315M WOODEN 980 1308 1282 1212 1546 2.39
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
132S WOODEN 88 126 820 600 500 0.52
132M WOODEN 111 149 820 600 500 0.52
160M WOODEN 141 243 980 800 673 0.52
160L WOODEN 165 267 980 800 673 0.52
180M WOODEN 205 311 980 800 673 0.52
180L WOODEN 235 341 980 800 673 0.52
200L WOODEN 285 423 1150 870 738 0.74
225S WOODEN 380 518 1150 870 738 0.74
225M WOODEN 410 548 1150 870 738 0.74
250S WOODEN 500 638 1300 915 745 0.89
250M WOODEN 540 678 1300 915 745 0.89
280S WOODEN 670 884 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 750 964 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 1106 1359 1730 1170 930 1.88
315M WOODEN 1180 1433 1730 1170 930 1.88
315L WOODEN 1260 1613 1730 1170 930 1.88
355l WOODEN 2150 2445 1900 1220 1016 2.35
THREE PHASE TEFC SLIPRING INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED TB ON TOP
THREE PHASE TEFC SLIPRING INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED TB ON SIDE
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 141 243 1065 570 680 0.413
160L WOODEN 165 267 1065 570 680 0.413
180M WOODEN 205 307 1065 570 680 0.413
180L WOODEN 235 337 1065 570 680 0.413
200L WOODEN 285 393 1275 725 790 0.73
225S WOODEN 380 488 1275 725 790 0.73
225M WOODEN 410 518 1275 725 790 0.73
250S WOODEN 500 633 1450 785 890 1.06
250M WOODEN 540 673 1530 785 890 1.06
280S WOODEN 670 803 1530 785 890 1.06
280M WOODEN 750 883 1530 785 890 1.06
315S WOODEN 1106 1346 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315M WOODEN 1180 1420 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315L WOODEN 1260 1530 1830 1102 1115 2.24
355L WOODEN 2150 2445 1900 900 1150 1.96
THREE PHASE SLIP RING TEFC INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
THREE PHASE SPDP SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE SPDP SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED
78 82
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 121 192 826 615 535 0.27
160L WOODEN 131 202 875 705 585 0.27
180M WOODEN 185 291 1023 826 696 0.59
180L WOODEN 205 311 1023 826 696 0.59
200M WOODEN 260 366 1023 826 696 0.59
200L WOODEN 300 406 1023 826 696 0.59
225M/MX WOODEN 340 446 1025 826 696 0.59
250S WOODEN 425 563 1306 1030 745 1.00
250M WOODEN 480 618 1306 1030 745 1.00
280S WOODEN 620 834 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 710 924 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 865 1118 1730 1170 930 1.88
315M WOODEN 950 1203 1730 1170 930 1.88
315MX WOODEN 1150 1403 1730 1170 930 1.88
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
DW132S WOODEN 88 126 820 600 550 0.27
DW132M WOODEN 111 149 820 600 550 0.27
NDW160M WOODEN 141 243 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW160L WOODEN 165 267 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW180M WOODEN 205 307 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW180L WOODEN 235 337 1165 710 700 0.58
NDW200L WOODEN 285 393 1275 725 790 0.73
NDW225S WOODEN 380 488 1275 725 790 0.73
NDW225M WOODEN 410 518 1275 725 790 0.73
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 130 202 796 620 591 0.29
160L WOODEN 140 212 796 620 591 0.29
180M WOODEN 195 267 846 756 656 0.42
180L WOODEN 215 287 846 756 656 0.42
200L WOODEN 310 452 1142 810 839 0.78
225M WOODEN 360 502 1142 810 839 0.78
250M WOODEN 495 725 992 902 1246 1.14
280M WOODEN 725 991 1162 1012 1296 1.52
315M WOODEN 980 1308 1282 1212 1546 2.39
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
132S WOODEN 88 126 820 600 500 0.52
132M WOODEN 111 149 820 600 500 0.52
160M WOODEN 141 243 980 800 673 0.52
160L WOODEN 165 267 980 800 673 0.52
180M WOODEN 205 311 980 800 673 0.52
180L WOODEN 235 341 980 800 673 0.52
200L WOODEN 285 423 1150 870 738 0.74
225S WOODEN 380 518 1150 870 738 0.74
225M WOODEN 410 548 1150 870 738 0.74
250S WOODEN 500 638 1300 915 745 0.89
250M WOODEN 540 678 1300 915 745 0.89
280S WOODEN 670 884 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 750 964 1500 1067 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 1106 1359 1730 1170 930 1.88
315M WOODEN 1180 1433 1730 1170 930 1.88
315L WOODEN 1260 1613 1730 1170 930 1.88
355l WOODEN 2150 2445 1900 1220 1016 2.35
THREE PHASE TEFC SLIPRING INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED TB ON TOP
THREE PHASE TEFC SLIPRING INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED TB ON SIDE
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 141 243 1065 570 680 0.413
160L WOODEN 165 267 1065 570 680 0.413
180M WOODEN 205 307 1065 570 680 0.413
180L WOODEN 235 337 1065 570 680 0.413
200L WOODEN 285 393 1275 725 790 0.73
225S WOODEN 380 488 1275 725 790 0.73
225M WOODEN 410 518 1275 725 790 0.73
250S WOODEN 500 633 1450 785 890 1.06
250M WOODEN 540 673 1530 785 890 1.06
280S WOODEN 670 803 1530 785 890 1.06
280M WOODEN 750 883 1530 785 890 1.06
315S WOODEN 1106 1346 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315M WOODEN 1180 1420 1730 1052 1065 1.94
315L WOODEN 1260 1530 1830 1102 1115 2.24
355L WOODEN 2150 2445 1900 900 1150 1.96
THREE PHASE SLIP RING TEFC INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
THREE PHASE SPDP SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FLANGE MOUNTED
SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
THREE PHASE SPDP SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED
81 79
FRAME TYPE OF NET GROSS LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT VOSLUME
SIZE PACKING WT. WT. (mm) (mm) (mm) (cu.m.)
160M WOODEN 130 201 926 715 587 0.39
160L WOODEN 150 221 926 715 587 0.39
180M WOODEN 200 306 1023 826 696 0.59
180L WOODEN 220 326 1023 826 696 0.59
200L WOODEN 300 419 1150 845 711 0.69
225M WOODEN 380 518 1306 1030 745 0.90
250S WOODEN 455 593 1306 1030 745 0.90
250M WOODEN 525 663 1306 1030 745 0.90
250MX WOODEN 695 948 1500 1067 850 1.36
280S WOODEN 635 888 1500 1067 850 1.36
280M WOODEN 750 1003 1730 1170 850 1.36
315S WOODEN 870 1123 1730 1170 930 1.88
315M WOODEN 980 1233 1730 1170 930 1.88
315MX WOODEN 1200 1453 1730 1170 930 1.88
THREE PHASE SLIP RING SPDP SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
FOOT MOUNTED
80 84
Dear Customer,
In pursuance of the culture of
continuous improvement towards
customer satisfaction, we have now
incorporated the latest designs for
our range of LT AC motors ensuring
better electrical performance as well
as versatility in mechanical features.
The standard motors offered are in
compliance with efficiency level 2 of
the proposed revision to IS12615 in
India as well as CEMEP standards
prevalent in Europe for Energy
Efficient Motors. These features have
given the necessary impetus to the
long cherished ambition of being a
global player in the motor industry
by being comparable to the best in the
world in terms of performance. We
take great pleasure in issuing this
b o o k l e t wi t h t h e de t a i l e d
information.
LT Motors division designs &
manufactures a multiformity of
Electric Motors (DC & AC) and
Alternators with manufacturing
units at Ahmednagar & Goa. This
division, which is part of the CG
Industrial Systems SBU, has a
dedicated team of professionals and
state-of-the-art technology providing
reliable and trouble free products
and services on the basis of superior
mechanical & product design.
The company's operations include
R&D, manufacturing, marketing and
turnkey projects in clearly defined
Core Business Areas, at home and
overseas. Over the last six decades,
unparalleled growth has seen CG
emerge as a professionally managed
organisation with a workforce of over
6500 employees including more than
2500 pr of essi onal s. Wi t h 23
manufacturing units and Centralized
Support Services, CG offers a
comprehensive and multi-faceted
product range nationally through
strategically located branches and a
well-appointed distributor/dealer
network. Structured into Strategic
Bus i ne s s Uni t s c ompr i s i ng
synergistic groups of responsibility
centers (divisions), CG is well on the
road to exceeding the exacting
standards of Quality and Customer
Service.
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
NOTE : As the design and manufacture of Crompton Greaves electrical equipment are subject to constant improvement,,
the product supplied may differ in some details from the specifications and illustrations given in this booklet.
Mumbai :
Kanjur Marg (E), Mumbai-400 042.
Tel.: (022) 5782451, 5794882
Ahmedabad :
90, Sakar II, Opp. Town Hall, Ellis Bridge,
Ahmedabad - 380 006
Phones: (079) 6581729, 6587328
Pune:
Surya Bhavan, 5th Floor, Fergusson College Road,
Pune-411 005
Phones: (020) 5535675.
Indore :
1038, Apollo Trade Centre, 2B, Rajgarh Kothi
Mumbai-Agra Road,Indore - 452 001.
Phones : (0731) 498269
Nagpur:
3, West High Court Road, Lal Bahadur Shastri Chowk,
Dharampeth, Nagpur - 440 010
Phones: (0172) 530537
Western Region Sales Office :
Chennai :
No.3-A, Kodambakkarn High Road,
Nungambakkam,
Chennai - 600 034.
Phones:(044)8257375
Bangalore :
4/02, Lakshmi Mansion, Ground Floor, 22nd Cross,
8th Main,
Jayanagar 3rd Block, Bangalore - 560 011.
Phones: (080) 6533926
Cochin :
Cherupushpam Building, 5th Floor, 330-6
Shanmugham Road, Ernakulum,Cochin - 682 031.
Phones: (0484) 370860
Secunderabad:
4th Floor, Minerva Complex, 94, Sarojini Devi Road,
Secunderabad - 500 003.
Phones:(040)7847090
Southern Region Sales Office :
New Delhi:
Vandana, 11 Tolstoy, Marg, New Delhi - 110 001
Phones:(011)3721537, 3312377
Jalandhar :
50, Mahavir Marg, Jalandhar - 144 001
Phones: (0181) 223801
Lucknow:
Saran Chambers II, 3rd Floor, 5 Park Road,
Lucknow - 226 001
Phones:(0522) 239443
Jaipur:
Church Road, P. O. Box. No.: 173, Jaipur-302 001
Phones:(0141) 376919, 376307
Calcutta :
50, Chowringhee Road, Calcutta - 700 071
Phones: (033) 2829681, 2822132
Bhubaneshwar:
Janpath Tower, Third Floor, Ashok Nagar,
Unit II, Bhubaneshwar - 751 009
Phones:(0674)531128
Northen Region Sales Office : Eastern Region Sales Office :
Regional Service Centres:
North: 27, Rani Jhansi Road, New Delhi-110 055 Phones: (011) 7516993
East: 171/1A, 'Acharya', J. C. Bose Road, Kolkata-700 014 Phones: (033) 2441557
West: Mathuradas Mills Compound, Next to Milton, Lower Parel (W), Mumbai-400 013 Phones: (022) 4922572.
South: 3A, Kodambakkam High Road, Nunbakkam, Chennai-600 034 Phones : (044) 8274610
INDUCTION
MOTORS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
INDUCTION
MOTORS
INDUCTION
MOTORS
FRAME 63 TO 355
LOW TENSION TEFC & SPDP INDUCTION MOTORS
E
n
e
r
g
y
E
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t
M
o
t
o
r
s
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
EVERYDAY SOLUTIONS
Regd Office : CG House, 6th Floor, Dr. Annie Besant Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai - 400 025
Tel.: (022) 423 7777. Fax : (022) 438 2288
Manufacturing Units:
Goa Works :
D-2/21/22/23, Tivim Industrial Estate, Karaswada, Bardez, Goa - 403 526.
Tel.: (0832) 257409, 257639 Fax: (0832) 257207
Ahmednagar Works:
B-110, M.I.D.C. Behind Govt. Milk Dairy, Ahmednagar - 414111
Tel.: (0241) 778521, 778522. Fax : (0241) 777491
A-6/2, M.I.D.C. Industrial Area, Ahmednagar - 414111
Tel.: (0241) 777507, 777372. Fax : (0241) 777508
INDUCTION
MOTORS
I
N
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M
O
T
O
R
S
FRAME 63 TO 355
LOW TENSION TEFC & SPDP
INDUCTION MOTORS
L
T
M
/
A
U
G
0
2
/
1
0
0
0
Please visit us at www.cglonline.com